DELL C1660W User Manual
Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer  
User's Guide  
Regulatory Model: Dell C1760nw/Dell C1660w  
Contentsꢀꢀ  
Before Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11ꢀꢀ  
A Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13ꢀꢀ  
1
Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer User's Guide  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15ꢀꢀ  
Conventions.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
Finding Information  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
17ꢀꢀ  
Product Features  
About the Printer  
.
.
19ꢀꢀ  
.
.
21ꢀꢀ  
21ꢀꢀ  
22ꢀꢀ  
23ꢀꢀ  
23ꢀꢀ  
24ꢀꢀ  
25ꢀꢀ  
Front View  
Rear View.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Space Requirements .  
Operator Panel .  
Securing the Printer  
Ordering Supplies  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27ꢀꢀ  
5
Connecting Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29ꢀꢀ  
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29ꢀꢀ  
29ꢀꢀ  
30ꢀꢀ  
34ꢀꢀ  
Direct Connection .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Wireless Connection  
Ethernet Connection (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Setting .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
35ꢀꢀ  
Contents  
1
Turning On the Printer.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
36ꢀꢀ  
6
7
Setting Up Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37ꢀꢀ  
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panelꢀꢀ  
(Dell™ C1660w Color Printer Only) .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37ꢀꢀ  
Printer Setup Using the Software and Documentation Disc.  
38ꢀꢀ  
Setting the IP Address  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
39ꢀꢀ  
Assigning an IP Address .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
39ꢀꢀ  
39ꢀꢀ  
40ꢀꢀ  
The Operator Panel  
The Tool Box . .  
.
.
.
.
Verifying the IP Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
41ꢀꢀ  
41ꢀꢀ  
41ꢀꢀ  
41ꢀꢀ  
The Operator Panel  
The System Settings Report .  
The Ping Command  
.
.
.
.
.
8
9
Loading Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
43ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).  
.
.
43ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)ꢀꢀ  
(Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
48ꢀꢀ  
®ꢀꢀ  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
51ꢀꢀ  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
51ꢀꢀ  
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer .  
51ꢀꢀ  
Direct Connection Setup .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
51ꢀꢀ  
51ꢀꢀ  
52ꢀꢀ  
For installing host-based printer driver .  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
Network Connection Setup .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
54ꢀꢀ  
54ꢀꢀ  
58ꢀꢀ  
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network .  
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network.  
Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD) .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
62ꢀꢀ  
62ꢀꢀ  
63ꢀꢀ  
Adding Roles of Print Services  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
WSD Printer Setup.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting Up for Shared Printing .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
64ꢀꢀ  
2
Contents  
Point and Print.  
Peer-to-Peer.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
66ꢀꢀ  
.
68ꢀꢀ  
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
71ꢀꢀ  
Installing the Drivers and Software .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
71ꢀꢀ  
71ꢀꢀ  
72ꢀꢀ  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or Later Version(s).  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Using Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ꢀꢀ  
11 Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
77ꢀꢀ  
Using the Operator Panel Buttons .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
77ꢀꢀ  
Status of Wi-Fi | WPS Button Backlight.  
78ꢀꢀ  
Using the Operator Panel to Change Printer Settings .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
79ꢀꢀ  
Printing a Device Settings Page .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
79ꢀꢀ  
Changing the Language  
The Operator Panel .  
The Tool Box .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
80ꢀꢀ  
80ꢀꢀ  
80ꢀꢀ  
.
.
.
.
Setting the PowerSaver Time Option  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
80ꢀꢀ  
12 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
81ꢀꢀ  
Overview .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
81ꢀꢀ  
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
81ꢀꢀ  
81ꢀꢀ  
83ꢀꢀ  
Setting Up From Web Browser .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
83ꢀꢀ  
Overview of the Menu Items .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
83ꢀꢀ  
Page Display Format .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
85ꢀꢀ  
85ꢀꢀ  
86ꢀꢀ  
87ꢀꢀ  
Top Frame .  
Left Frame .  
Right Frame  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items .  
Details of the Menu Items .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
88ꢀꢀ  
.
.
.
.
.
.
88ꢀꢀ  
Contents  
3
Printer Status  
Printer Jobs  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
89ꢀꢀ  
90ꢀꢀ  
.
Printer Settings  
91ꢀꢀ  
Print Server Settings.  
98ꢀꢀ  
Copy Printer Settings  
110ꢀꢀ  
110ꢀꢀ  
Print Volume .  
.
.
.
.
13 Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
111ꢀꢀ  
111ꢀꢀ  
Starting the Tool Box .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings  
111ꢀꢀ  
Printer Settings Report .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
112ꢀꢀ  
112ꢀꢀ  
112ꢀꢀ  
114ꢀꢀ  
114ꢀꢀ  
Printer Information.  
Menu Settings .  
Reports.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TCP/IP Settings  
Printer Maintenance  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
114ꢀꢀ  
114ꢀꢀ  
116ꢀꢀ  
116ꢀꢀ  
117ꢀꢀ  
117ꢀꢀ  
118ꢀꢀ  
119ꢀꢀ  
119ꢀꢀ  
119ꢀꢀ  
120ꢀꢀ  
120ꢀꢀ  
System Settings .  
Paper Density  
Adjust BTR .  
.
.
.
.
.
Adjust Fusing Unit .  
Color Registration Adjustment.  
Adjust Altitude .  
Reset Defaults .  
Non-Dell Toner.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
BTR Refresh Mode.  
TCP/IP Settings  
.
.
Network Settings  
.
Diagnosis .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
121ꢀꢀ  
121ꢀꢀ  
121ꢀꢀ  
122ꢀꢀ  
122ꢀꢀ  
122ꢀꢀ  
Chart Print .  
Machine Check  
Environment Sensor Info  
Developer Stir Mode.  
.
.
Refresh Mode  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Resetting Defaults  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
123ꢀꢀ  
14 Understanding the Printer Menus  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
125ꢀꢀ  
Report/List.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
125ꢀꢀ  
125ꢀꢀ  
125ꢀꢀ  
Printer Setting .  
Device Settings  
4
Contents  
Job History  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
125ꢀꢀ  
125ꢀꢀ  
125ꢀꢀ  
125ꢀꢀ  
126ꢀꢀ  
Error History .  
Color Test Page  
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel  
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box .  
.
.
.
Admin Menu  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
126ꢀꢀ  
126ꢀꢀ  
131ꢀꢀ  
131ꢀꢀ  
133ꢀꢀ  
138ꢀꢀ  
Network .  
USB Settings  
System Settings .  
Maintenance  
Secure Settings .  
.
.
Panel Language.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
140ꢀꢀ  
Panel Lock Function  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
140ꢀꢀ  
140ꢀꢀ  
140ꢀꢀ  
Enabling the Panel Lock.  
Disabling the Panel Lock  
Resetting Defaults  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
141ꢀꢀ  
15 Print Media Guidelines  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
143ꢀꢀ  
Paper .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
143ꢀꢀ  
143ꢀꢀ  
144ꢀꢀ  
144ꢀꢀ  
144ꢀꢀ  
145ꢀꢀ  
145ꢀꢀ  
145ꢀꢀ  
146ꢀꢀ  
Paper Characteristics .  
Recommended Paper .  
Unacceptable Paper  
Selecting Paper .  
.
.
.
.
Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead  
Printing on Letterhead.  
Loading Letterhead .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
Envelopes .  
Labels .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
146ꢀꢀ  
147ꢀꢀ  
147ꢀꢀ  
.
.
Storing Print Media.  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
148ꢀꢀ  
148ꢀꢀ  
149ꢀꢀ  
149ꢀꢀ  
Supported Paper Sizes  
Supported Paper Types .  
Paper Type Specifications  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16 Loading Print Media  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
151ꢀꢀ  
Capacity.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
151ꢀꢀ  
Contents  
5
Print Media Dimensions  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
151ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
151ꢀꢀ  
156ꢀꢀ  
158ꢀꢀ  
Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) .  
Loading Letterhead  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer  
only) .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
159ꢀꢀ  
161ꢀꢀ  
163ꢀꢀ  
Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) .  
Loading Letterhead  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Loading Print Media When Manual Duplex Printing  
When Using the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
164ꢀꢀ  
.
164ꢀꢀ  
When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)ꢀꢀ  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
165ꢀꢀ  
Using the Output Tray Extension .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
166ꢀꢀ  
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167ꢀꢀ  
17 Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
169ꢀꢀ  
Tips for Successful Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
169ꢀꢀ  
169ꢀꢀ  
169ꢀꢀ  
Tips on Storing Print Media .  
Avoiding Paper Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sending a Job to Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
169ꢀꢀ  
Canceling a Print Job .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
170ꢀꢀ  
170ꢀꢀ  
170ꢀꢀ  
Canceling From the Operator Panel .  
Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows  
Printing a Report Page  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
170ꢀꢀ  
Know Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171ꢀꢀ  
18 Understanding Your Printer Software  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
173ꢀꢀ  
®
Windows  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
173ꢀꢀ  
173ꢀꢀ  
173ꢀꢀ  
173ꢀꢀ  
174ꢀꢀ  
Printer Status Window.  
Status Monitor Console .  
Dell Supplies Management System .  
Quick Launch Utility .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Macintosh .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
174ꢀꢀ  
6
Contents  
Status Monitor Widget  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
174ꢀꢀ  
19 Understanding Printer Messages  
177ꢀꢀ  
20 Specifications  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181ꢀꢀ  
181ꢀꢀ  
181ꢀꢀ  
181ꢀꢀ  
181ꢀꢀ  
Operating System Compatibility .  
.
.
.
.
Power Supply.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Dimensions .  
Memory .  
.
.
.
.
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and Interface . 182ꢀꢀ  
MIB Compatibility  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
182ꢀꢀ  
182ꢀꢀ  
183ꢀꢀ  
Environment.  
Cables.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185ꢀꢀ  
21 Maintaining Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
187ꢀꢀ  
187ꢀꢀ  
187ꢀꢀ  
187ꢀꢀ  
188ꢀꢀ  
Determining the Status of Supplies  
.
.
.
.
Conserving Supplies .  
Storing Print Media.  
Storing Consumables.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Replacing Toner Cartridges  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
188ꢀꢀ  
188ꢀꢀ  
190ꢀꢀ  
Removing the Toner Cartridges .  
Installing a Toner Cartridge .  
.
.
Cleaning Inside the Printer.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
192ꢀꢀ  
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor .  
195ꢀꢀ  
Adjusting Color Registration .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
196ꢀꢀ  
196ꢀꢀ  
196ꢀꢀ  
197ꢀꢀ  
198ꢀꢀ  
Performing Auto Correct  
Printing the Color Registration Chart .  
Determining Values .  
Entering Values  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents  
7
22 Clearing Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
201ꢀꢀ  
201ꢀꢀ  
202ꢀꢀ  
203ꢀꢀ  
204ꢀꢀ  
206ꢀꢀ  
Avoiding Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray  
.
.
.
.
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209ꢀꢀ  
23 Troubleshooting  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
211ꢀꢀ  
211ꢀꢀ  
Basic Printer Problems .  
.
.
.
Display Problems .  
Printing Problems .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
211ꢀꢀ  
211ꢀꢀ  
Print Quality Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
213ꢀꢀ  
213ꢀꢀ  
214ꢀꢀ  
215ꢀꢀ  
215ꢀꢀ  
215ꢀꢀ  
216ꢀꢀ  
216ꢀꢀ  
216ꢀꢀ  
217ꢀꢀ  
218ꢀꢀ  
218ꢀꢀ  
219ꢀꢀ  
219ꢀꢀ  
220ꢀꢀ  
220ꢀꢀ  
221ꢀꢀ  
The output is too light  
Toner smears or print comes off/Stain on back side  
Random spots/Blurred images  
The entire output is blank .  
Streaks appear on the output .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pitched color dots .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Vertical blanks .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mottle  
Ghosting .  
Fog .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) .  
Auger mark.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Wrinkled/Stained paper .  
The top margins is incorrect.  
Color registration is out of alignment .  
Protrudent / Bumpy paper .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Noise  
Jam  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
222ꢀꢀ  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
223ꢀꢀ  
223ꢀꢀ  
224ꢀꢀ  
Misfeed jam .  
Multi-feed jam .  
Wireless Problems .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
224ꢀꢀ  
8
Contents  
Other Problems .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
225ꢀꢀ  
Contacting Service .  
225ꢀꢀ  
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227ꢀꢀ  
B Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229ꢀꢀ  
Dell Technical Support Policy .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
229ꢀꢀ  
Online Services .  
.
.
.
.
.
229ꢀꢀ  
Warranty and Return Policy  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
230ꢀꢀ  
Recycling Information .  
230ꢀꢀ  
Contacting Dell .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
230ꢀꢀ  
Index  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
231ꢀꢀ  
Contents  
9
10ꢀꢀ  
Contents  
Before Beginning  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings..................................................... 13ꢀꢀ  
1 Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer User's Guide............. 15ꢀꢀ  
2 Finding Information..................................................................... 17ꢀꢀ  
3 Product Features......................................................................... 19ꢀꢀ  
4 About the Printer......................................................................... 21ꢀꢀ  
11  
 
12ꢀꢀ  
Notes, Cautions, and Warningsꢀꢀ  
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your printer.  
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.  
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.  
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.  
© 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.  
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.  
Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, and  
Internet Explorer are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Macintosh  
and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. Wi-Fi  
Protected Setup, WPA, and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.  
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions  
upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product  
includes software developed by Eric Young ([email protected]); AES: Copyright © 2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.  
This product uses published AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright © 1988-1997 Sam  
Leffler and Copyright © 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little cms): Copyright © 1998-2004 Marti Maria.  
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products.  
Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.  
The printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.  
____________________  
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS  
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to  
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in  
applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.  
November 2012 Rev. A00  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
13  
     
14  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
1
Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer User's Guide  
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation of your Dell C1760nw/C1660w  
Color Printer. For information on other documentation included with your Dell C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer,  
see "Finding Information" on page 17  
.
NOTE: In this manual, Dell C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer is referred to as the "printer."  
Conventions  
The following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual:  
Bold texts  
:
• Names of hardware button on the operator panel.  
• Screen names on the LCD panel.  
• Menus, commands, windows, or dialog boxes displayed on the computer screen.  
Texts in Courier Newfont : • Menus and messages displayed on the LCD panel.  
• Characters entered from the computer.  
• Directory paths.  
<
→ꢀ  
"
>
"
:
:
:
• Key on the keyboard of the computer.  
• Indicates a path to a certain item within a procedure on a computer.  
• Cross references in this manual.  
• Characters entered from the operator panel.  
• Messages displayed on the computer screen.  
Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer User's Guide  
15  
     
16  
Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer User's Guide  
2
Finding Information  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
What are you looking for?  
• Drivers for my printer  
• My User's Guide  
Find it here  
Software and Documentation disc  
The Software and Documentation disc contains setup video, documentation,  
and drivers for your printer. You can use the disc to install/re-install drivers or  
access your setup video and documentation.  
Readme files may be included on your disc to provide last-minute updates about  
technical changes to your printer or advanced technical reference material for  
experienced users or technicians.  
How to use my printer  
Quick Reference Guide  
• Safety information  
Important Information  
• Warranty information  
WARNING: Read and follow all safety instructions in the Important Information  
prior to setting up and operating your printer.  
Finding Information  
17  
                 
What are you looking for?  
Find it here  
How to set up my printer  
Setup diagram  
Troubleshooting  
"Troubleshooting" on page 211  
Express Service Code and Service Tag  
Service Tag  
xxxxxxx  
Express Service Code  
000 000 000 00  
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the side door of your  
printer.  
• Latest drivers for my printer  
Go to support.dell.com  
• Answers to technical service and support  
questions  
support.dell.com provides several online tools, including:  
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, and  
online courses  
• Documentation for my printer  
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as printer driver  
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status, warranty, and repair  
information  
• Downloads — Drivers  
• Manuals — Printer documentation and product specifications  
Go to support.dell.com. Select your region, and fill in the requested details to  
access help tools and information.  
18  
Finding Information  
     
3
Product Features  
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.  
2-Sided Printing (Manual Duplex Print)  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
Manual Duplex Print is to print two or more pages on the  
front and back side of a single sheet of paper manually. This  
feature allows you to reduce the paper consumption.  
For more information, see "Loading Print Media When  
Manual Duplex Printing" on page 164.  
Print media loaded on the PSI are given precedence over those  
loaded on the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF). Using the PSI  
allows you to use other types or sizes of print media  
preferentially over the regular print media loaded on the MPF.  
For more information, see "Loading Print Media in the Priority  
Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on  
page 159.  
Printing through Wireless Connection (Wireless Print)  
Printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper (Multiple Up)  
The Wireless LAN feature on your printer allows you to install ꢀ  
the printer at any location, and enables printing without a ꢀ  
wired connection to your computer.ꢀꢀ  
Multiple Up Print allows you to print multiple pages on a ꢀ  
single sheet of paper. This feature allows you to reduce theꢀꢀ  
paper consumption.ꢀꢀ  
For more information, see "Wireless Connection" on page 30.ꢀꢀ  
For more information, see the printer driver's help.ꢀꢀ  
Product Features  
19  
   
20  
Product Features  
4
About the Printer  
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer.  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
Front View  
7ꢀ  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
3
4
12ꢀ  
11ꢀ 10  
9ꢀ 8ꢀ 7 6  
5
1
3
5
7
9
Operator Panel  
2
4
6
8
Output Tray  
Output Tray Extension  
Toner Access Cover  
Paper Width Guides  
Front Cover  
Print Head Cleaning Rod  
Power Switch  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
10 MPF Extension  
12 Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
11 Length Guide  
About the Printer  
21  
                             
Rear Viewꢀꢀ  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
11ꢀ  
10ꢀ  
3ꢀ  
4ꢀ  
5ꢀ  
9ꢀ  
8ꢀ  
7ꢀ  
6ꢀ  
1
3
5
7
9
Power Connector  
USB Port  
2
4
6
8
Rear Cover Release Handle  
Ethernet Port (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
Rear Cover  
Security Slot  
Transfer Roller  
Paper Feed Roller  
Paper Chute  
10 Transfer Belt  
11 Levers  
22  
About the Printer  
                         
Space Requirements  
Place the printer at a location such that there is adequate space for using the printer feeder and covers.  
218 mm/8.6 inches  
225 mm/8.9 inches  
295.5 mm/11.6 inches  
100 mm/3.9 inches  
394 mm/15.5 inches  
300 mm/11.8 inches  
329.5 mm/13 inches  
307 mm/12.1 inches  
CAUTION: To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer, avoid placing the printer in direct sunlight with  
the front cover opened.  
Operator Panel  
For more information on the operator panel, see "Operator Panel" on page 77.  
About the Printer  
23  
   
Securing the Printer  
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.  
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.  
Security slot  
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.  
24  
About the Printer  
   
Ordering Supplies  
You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked printer. Enter the IP address of your  
printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the Order Supplies at: to  
order toner for your printer.  
You can also order toner cartridges by the following method:  
1ꢀꢀ Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀAdditional Color Laser Software →ꢀꢀ  
Dell Supplies Management System.ꢀꢀ  
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.ꢀꢀ  
2ꢀꢀ Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
3ꢀꢀ If ordering from the web:ꢀꢀ  
a
b
Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list.ꢀꢀ  
Click the Visit Dell Printer supplies ordering web site.ꢀꢀ  
The Dell C1760nw Color Printer/Dell C1660w Color Printer - Dell Supplies Management System screen  
appears.  
c
Enter the Service Tag, and then click OK.  
The Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer.  
Dell supplies web site appears.  
Service Tag  
xxxxxxx  
Express Service Code  
000 000 000 00  
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section.  
About the Printer  
25  
   
26  
About the Printer  
Printer Setup  
5 Connecting Your Printer............................................................. 29ꢀꢀ  
6 Setting Up Your Printer............................................................... 37ꢀꢀ  
7 Setting the IP Address ............................................................... 39ꢀꢀ  
8 Loading Paper.............................................................................. 43ꢀꢀ  
®ꢀꢀ  
9 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
........................................................................................................ 51ꢀꢀ  
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintoshꢀꢀ  
........................................................................................................ 71ꢀꢀ  
27  
 
28ꢀꢀ  
5
Connecting Your Printer  
Your Dell™ C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:  
Connection type  
USB  
Connection specifications  
USB 2.0 compatible  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n  
Ethernet  
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX compatible (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
1
2
USB Port  
Ethernet Portꢀꢀ  
(Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)ꢀꢀ  
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network  
Direct Connection  
A local printer is a printer attached to your computer using a USB cable. If your printer is attached to a network, go ꢀ  
to "Ethernet Connection (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 34.ꢀꢀ  
To connect the printer to a computer:ꢀꢀ  
1
Ensure that the printer, computer, and any other attached devices are turned off and unplugged from the power  
source/outlet.  
Connecting Your Printer  
29  
                   
2
Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the printer.  
3
Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of your computer.  
CAUTION: Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the keyboard.  
Wireless Connection  
The specifications of wireless setting function are described below:  
Item  
Specification  
Connectivity  
Connectivity Standard  
Bandwidth  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n compliant  
2.4 GHz  
Data Transfer Rate  
IEEE 802.11b mode: 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11g mode: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11n mode: 65 Mbps  
Security  
64 (40-bit key)/ 128 (104-bit key) WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)(IEEE  
802.1x attestation function of WPA 1x non-corresponds), Mixed Mode PSK  
®
*1  
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)  
Push Button Configuration (PBC), Personal Identification Number (PIN)  
*1ꢀꢀ  
WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK AES, WPA2-PSK  
AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)  
You can select a method to configure a wireless setting from the following:  
*1  
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi | WPS Button)  
*1  
WPS-PBC (Operator Panel Menu)  
*2  
WPS-PIN  
Auto SSID Setup  
Manual SSID Setup  
*1ꢀꢀ  
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless con  
figuration, by starting WPS-PBC on the printer with the  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button or operator panel menu, and then pressing the button  
provided on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS-PBC.  
*2ꢀꢀ  
WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wire  
less configuration, by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through access point, is available  
only when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.  
30  
Connecting Your Printer  
   
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi | WPS Button)  
You can start WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) by pressing the  
button.  
(Wi-Fi | WPS)  
NOTE: WPS-PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PBC.  
NOTE: Before starting WPS-PBC with the (Wi-Fi | WPS) button, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may  
vary) on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access  
point (Registrar) or router, refer to the manual supplied with the product.  
NOTE: For more information on the  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button, see "Status of Wi-Fi | WPS Button Backlight" on page 78.  
If a problem occurs or error messages are displayed on the operator panel, see "Wireless Problems" on page 224.  
1
Press and hold the  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button on the printer for 2 seconds.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that theꢀꢀ  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button starts to flash and Press WPS Button on Routerappears on  
the operator panel.  
2
3
Start the WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router within two minutes.  
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.  
WPS-PBC (Operator Panel Menu)  
You can start WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) from the operator panel.  
NOTE: WPS-PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PBC.  
NOTE: Before starting WPS-PBC, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless LAN access  
point (Registrar) or router. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router, refer to  
the manual supplied with the product.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Networkappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until WPS Setupappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Push Btn. Ctrlappears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Are you sure?appears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Press WPS Button on Routeris displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN ꢀ  
access point (Registrar) or router within two minutes.  
7
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.  
Connecting Your Printer  
31  
   
WPS-PIN  
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.  
NOTE: WPS-PIN is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PIN.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
1ꢀꢀ Press the (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Networkappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until WPS Setupappears, and then press the  
Ensure that PIN Codeappears, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Write down the displayed 8-digit PIN code or select Print PIN Code. The PIN code is printed.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Start Config.appears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.  
8ꢀꢀ Ensure that Operate Wireless Routeris displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on step 6 into the  
wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router.  
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router, refer to the manual supplied with the  
product.  
9
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.  
Auto SSID Setup  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the (Set) button.  
1ꢀꢀ Press the (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Networkappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Wireless Setupappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The printer automatically searches the access points on wireless network.ꢀꢀ  
5
Press the ꢀ button until the desired access point appears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
If the desired access point does not appear, go to "Manual SSID Setup" on page 33.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Some hidden SSID may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the router.  
6ꢀꢀ Enter the passphrase or WEP key.ꢀꢀ  
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA, WPA2 or Mixed in step 5:ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Enter the passphrase, and then press the  
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 5:ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Enter the WEP key, and then press the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric  
characters. It may be described as a key on some access points or routers. For details, refer to the manual supplied with  
the access point or router.  
7
8
Ensure that Restart Printer to apply settingsappears.ꢀꢀ  
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.ꢀꢀ  
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.ꢀꢀ  
32  
Connecting Your Printer  
   
Manual SSID Setup  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the (Set) button.  
1ꢀꢀ Press the (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
5
6
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Networkappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Wireless Setupappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Manual Setupappears, and then press the  
Enter the SSID, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
7ꢀꢀ Select the network mode from Infrastructureand Ad-hocdepending on your environment, and then press  
the (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
If you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 8.ꢀꢀ  
If you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 9.ꢀꢀ  
8ꢀꢀ Select the encryption type from No Security  
AES  
If you do not set security for your wireless network:  
,
Mixed mode PSK  
,
WEP  
,
WPA-PSK-TKIP, or WPA2-PSK-  
.
•
Press the button until No Securityappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
To use Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK-TKIP, or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption:ꢀꢀ  
a
b
Press the ꢀ button until Mixed mode PSK  
press the (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
,
WPA-PSK-TKIP, or WPA2-PSK-AESappears, and then  
Enter the passphrase, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.  
NOTE: A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric  
characters. It may be described as a key on some access points or routers. For details, refer to the manual supplied with  
the access point or router.  
To use WEP encryption:ꢀꢀ  
a
b
c
Press the ꢀ button until WEPappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Enter the WEP key, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button to highlight the desired transmit key from Autoor WEP Key 1to WEP Key 4, and  
then press the (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Proceed to step 10.ꢀꢀ  
9ꢀꢀ Select the encryption type from No Securityor WEP.ꢀꢀ  
If you do not set security for your wireless network:ꢀꢀ  
•
Ensure that No Securityappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
To use WEP encryption:ꢀꢀ  
a
b
c
Press the ꢀ button until WEPappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Enter the WEP key, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button to highlight the desired transmit key from WEP Key 1to WEP Key 4, and then press  
the (Set) button.  
Connecting Your Printer  
33  
   
10 Ensure that Restart Printer to apply settingsappears.  
11 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.  
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.  
Ethernet Connection (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
To connect the printer to a network:  
1
Ensure that the printer, computer and any other connected devices have been turned off and all cables have been  
disconnected.  
2
Connect the Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: Connect the Ethernet cable, only if you need to setup a wired connection.  
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the back ofꢀꢀ  
the printer, and the other end to a LAN port or LAN hub.ꢀꢀ  
To setup a wireless connection, see "Wireless Connection" on page 30.ꢀꢀ  
34  
Connecting Your Printer  
   
Reconfiguring the Wireless Setting  
To change the wireless setting through an Ethernet or wireless connection from your computer, perform the  
following.  
NOTE: To change the wireless setting through wireless connection, ensure that the wireless connection setting is completed in  
"Wireless Connection" on page 30.  
NOTE: The following settings are available when the network mode is set to infrastructure in "Wireless Connection" on page 30.  
1
2
Check the IP address of the printer.  
For details about how to check the IP address of the printer, see "Verifying the IP Settings" on page 41.  
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.  
3
4
5
6
7
8
Click Print Server Settings  
Click Print Server Settings tab.  
Click Wireless LAN  
.
.
Change the wireless setting of the printer.  
Reboot the printer.  
Change the wireless settings on your computer or access point accordingly.  
NOTE: To change the wireless settings on your computer, refer to the manuals provided with the wireless adapter or if  
your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless settings using that tool.  
Connecting Your Printer  
35  
 
Turning On the Printer  
WARNING: Do not use extension cords or power strips.ꢀꢀ  
WARNING: The printer should not be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system.ꢀꢀ  
1
Connect the power cable to the power connector on the back of your printer (see "Rear View" on page 22).  
2
3
Connect the other end of the cable to the power source.  
Turn on the printer.  
36  
Connecting Your Printer  
   
6
Setting Up Your Printer  
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel  
(Dell™ C1660w Color Printer Only)  
You need to set the printer language and whether to enable wireless LAN when you turn on the printer for the first  
time.  
When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on the operator panel. Follow  
the steps below to set the initial settings.  
NOTE: If you do not start configuring the initial settings, the printer automatically restarts in three minutes. After that, you can  
set the following initial setup by enabling Power On Wizardon the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
if needed.  
NOTE: For more information on operator panel, see "Operator Panel" on page 77.  
NOTE: For more information on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool" on page 81.  
1
Ensure that Languageappears. Press the  
(Set) button.  
button until the desired language appears, and then press the  
English  
Français  
Italiano  
Deutsch  
Español  
Dansk  
Nederlands  
Norsk  
Svenska  
2
Ensure that Wirelessappears. Press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
button until the desired selection appears, and then press the  
The printer automatically restarts.ꢀꢀ  
Setting Up Your Printer  
37  
       
Printer Setup Using the Software and Documentation Disc  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer Setup.  
2ꢀꢀ Double-click the Dell C1760/C1660 Installer icon, and follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer  
and the printer.  
NOTE: If the Software and Documentation disc does not automatically launch, try the following steps.  
For Windows® XP, Windows Vista®, Windows 7, Windows Server® 2003, Windows Server 2008, and Windows  
Server 2008 R2:  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs (for Windows Vista and Windows 7) →ꢀAccessories (for Windows Vista and  
Windows 7) →ꢀRun  
Type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK  
.
2
.
For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012:  
1
Point to the bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search  
and then click Run  
Type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK  
→
Type Runin the search box, click Apps,  
.
2
.
38  
Setting Up Your Printer  
   
7
Setting the IP Address  
Assigning an IP Address  
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited by a period and can include up to ꢀ  
three digits in each section, for example, 111.222.33.44.ꢀꢀ  
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select ꢀ  
Dual Stack.ꢀꢀ  
CAUTION: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues.  
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system administrator.  
NOTE: When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 Mode, use the Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool. To open the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the link local address. To check a link local address, see "Verifying the IP Settings" on  
page 41.  
NOTE: Depending on the address class, the range of the IP address assigned may be different. On Class A, for example, an IP  
address in the range from 0.0.0.0to 127.255.255.255will be assigned. For assignment of IP addresses, contact  
your system administrator.  
You can assign the IP address by using the operator panel or using the Tool Box.  
The Operator Panel  
For more information on using your operator panel, see "Operator Panel" on page 77.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
1
Turn on the printer.ꢀꢀ  
The Ready to Printmessage appears on the operator panel.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Press the ꢀ (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Ensure that Networkappears, and then press the ꢀ (set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until TCP/IPappears, and then press the  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until IPv4appears, and then press the  
Ensure that Get IP Addressappears, and then press the ꢀ (set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Panelappears, and then press the (set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button and ensure that Get IP Addressappears.ꢀꢀ  
10 Press the ꢀ button until IP Addressappears, and then press the  
(set) button.  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the IP address.ꢀꢀ  
11 Press the ꢀ or  
button to enter the numbers for the IP address.ꢀꢀ  
12 Press the ꢀ button.  
The next digit is selected.  
13 Repeat step 11 and step 12 to enter all the digits in the IP address, and then press the  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
14 Press the ꢀ button and ensure that IP Addressappears.ꢀꢀ  
15 Press the ꢀ button until Subnet Maskappears, and then press the  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the subnet mask.ꢀꢀ  
Setting the IP Address  
39  
             
16 Press the  
or the  
button to enter the numbers for the subnet mask.  
17 Press the  
button.  
The next digit is selected.  
18 Repeat step 16 and step 17 and set subnet mask, and then press the  
(set) button.  
19 Press the button and ensure that Subnet Maskappears.  
20 Press the  
button until Gateway Addressappears, and then press the  
(set) button.  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the gateway address.  
21 Press the  
or  
button to enter the numbers for the gateway address.  
22 Press the  
button.  
The next digit is selected.  
23 Repeat step 21 and step 22 to set gateway address, and then press the  
(set) button.  
24 Turn off and turn on the printer.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE: When you use IPv6 Mode for network printing, the Tool Box cannot be used to assign an IP address.  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click the name of Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
The TCP/IP Settings page is displayed.  
4
5
Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP Address  
Address  
Press the Apply New Settings button to take effect.  
,
Subnet Mask, and Gateway  
.
The IP address is assigned to your printer. To verify the setting, open the web browser on any computer connected to the  
network and enter the IP address into the address bar on the browser. If the IP address is set up correctly, the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool displays in your browser.  
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers with installer. When you use the  
Network Installation feature, and the Get IP Addressis set to AutoIPon the operator panel menu, you can set  
the IP address from 0.0.0.0to the desired IP address on the printer selection window.  
40  
Setting the IP Address  
         
Verifying the IP Settings  
You can confirm the settings by using the operator panel, printing the printer settings report, or using the ping  
command.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter Admin Menuwhen Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter  
the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Networkappears, and then press the ꢀ (set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until TCP/IPappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until IPv4appears, and then press the  
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.ꢀꢀ  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(set) button.ꢀꢀ  
The System Settings Report  
1
Print the system settings report.  
For details about how to print a system settings report, see "Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel" on  
page 125.  
2
Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in the system settings report under Wired  
Network or Wireless Network  
.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not been assigned. To assign one for your  
printer, see "Assigning an IP Address" on page 39.  
The Ping Command  
Ping the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command prompt on a network computer, type ping  
followed by the new IP address (for example, 192.168.0.11):  
ping 192.168.0.11  
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.  
Setting the IP Address  
41  
           
42ꢀꢀ  
Setting the IP Address  
8
Loading Paper  
NOTE: The priority sheet inserter (PSI) is available for Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer only.  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the priority sheet inserter while a printing is in progress.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.  
NOTE: For printing envelopes, see "Loading Print Media" on page 151.  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
NOTE: The PSI is available for Dell C1760nw Color Printer only.  
1
Open the front cover by pulling out the instruction sheet.  
2
Pull the PSI out.  
Loading Paper  
43  
       
3
Remove the instruction sheet attached to the PSI with adhesive tape.  
NOTE: Read the instruction sheet before you use the PSI.  
4
Pull the length guide forward until it stops.  
5
Pull the MPF extension forward until it stops.  
44  
Loading Paper  
6
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum.  
7
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack  
on a level surface.  
8
Load print media on the MPF with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.  
Loading Paper  
45  
9
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.  
10 Slide the length guide towards the printer until it touches the print media.  
NOTE: Depending on the size of print media, first slide the length guide backward until it stops, and then slide the MPF  
extension until it touches print media.  
46  
Loading Paper  
11 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper tray.  
12ꢀꢀ Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper.  
If a user-specified print media is loaded in the MPF, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer  
driver.  
Loading Paper  
47  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
(Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
1
Open the front cover.  
2
Slide the PSI forward, and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper tray.  
3
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack  
on a level surface.  
48  
Loading Paper  
   
4
Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.  
5
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.  
6
Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper.ꢀꢀ  
If a user-specified print media is loaded in the PSI, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer ꢀ  
driver.ꢀꢀ  
Loading Paper  
49  
50ꢀꢀ  
Loading Paper  
9
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running  
®
Windows  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status  
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of your printer by performing one of the  
procedures in "Verifying the IP Settings" on page 41.  
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer  
If you are running one of the following operating systems, you must change the firewall settings before installing the  
Dell printer software:  
®
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows XP  
®
Windows Vista  
Windows 7  
Windows 8  
®
Windows Server 2008  
Windows Server 2008 R2  
Windows Server 2012  
NOTE: For Windows XP, Service Pack 2 or 3 must be installed.  
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel  
Select System and Security  
Click Allow a program through Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings →ꢀAllow another program  
Check Browse  
.
.
.
.
.
7 D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the File name text box, and then  
click Open.ꢀꢀ  
8
Click Add, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Direct Connection Setup  
For installing host-based printer driver  
1
2
3
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer Setup  
Click Install Printer Driver and Software  
Select Personal Installation, and then click Next  
.
.
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
51  
                   
4ꢀꢀ Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable, and then turn on the  
printer.  
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to the next page automatically.  
5ꢀꢀ Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. If necessary, click Print Test Page to print  
a test page.  
Personal Installation  
A personal printer is a printer attached to your computer or a print server using a USB. If your printer is attached to  
a network and not your computer, see "Network Connection Setup" on page 54.  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: Download and install the XPS printer driver at support.dell.com.  
NOTE: The XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows  
7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,  
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012.  
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters  
.
Click Add a printer  
.
Click Add a local printer  
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10ꢀꢀ To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the check box displayed under the Printer name. Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
11 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page.ꢀꢀ  
12 Click Finish.ꢀꢀ  
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a local printer.ꢀꢀ  
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
®
52  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
     
7
8
9
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.ꢀꢀ  
Click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Select your printer name and click Next. ꢀ  
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box.  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box. Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page.  
13 Click Finish  
.
.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers  
Click Add a printer  
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click Add a local or network printer as an administrator  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
.
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired  
action.  
5
6
7
8
9
Click Add a local printer.ꢀꢀ  
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.ꢀꢀ  
Click OK.ꢀꢀ  
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2012  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
.
Click Hardware and Sound  
(Hardware for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers →ꢀAdd a printer  
.
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
53  
 
8
9
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.  
Installation starts.  
If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
.
10 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
11 Click Finish  
.
Network Connection Setup  
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network  
For installing host-based printer driver  
1
2
3
4
5
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer Setup  
Click Install Printer Driver and Software  
Select Network Installation, and then click Next  
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
.
.
.
.
Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click Next. If the target printer is not displayed  
on the list, click Refresh to refresh the list or click Add Printer to add a printer to the list manually. You may specify ꢀ  
the IP address and port name at this point.ꢀꢀ  
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select I am setting up this printer on a server check box.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before you can continue, you must enter a valid IP address.  
NOTE: You can install the Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer, but the installation of using Windows Server 2008 is not  
supported.  
NOTE: If you are running any of the following operating systems, a Windows Security Alert is displayed:  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Vista  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 7  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 8  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 8 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Server 2008  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition  
•
Windows Server 2012  
To continue installing the host-based printer driver, click Unblock or Allow access (for Windows Server 2008 R2  
and Windows 7).  
6ꢀꢀ Specify the printer settings, and then click Next  
.
a
b
Enter the printer name.  
If you want other users on the network to access this printer, select Share this printer with other computers on  
the network, and then enter a share name that users can identify.ꢀꢀ  
c
If you want to set a printer as the default, select the Set this printer as default check box.ꢀꢀ  
®
54  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
       
7
8
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click Install. You can specify folders in which  
to install the Dell software and documentation. To change the folders, click Browse  
.
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. If necessary, click Print Test Page to print  
a test page.  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: Download and install the XPS printer driver at support.dell.com.  
NOTE: The XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows  
7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition.,  
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012.  
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters  
.
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname, and then click Next  
Select TCP/IP Device for Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click Next  
If the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.ꢀꢀ  
Installation starts.ꢀꢀ  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page.ꢀꢀ  
13 Click Finish.ꢀꢀ  
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
4
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer.ꢀꢀ  
,
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
55  
   
5ꢀꢀ Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.ꢀꢀ  
When you select your printer, go to step 8.ꢀꢀ  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.ꢀꢀ  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then clickꢀꢀ  
Next  
.
If the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears, click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
Installation starts.  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page.  
14 Click Finish  
.
.
Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
5
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
.
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer by name or TCP/IP screen appears where you can  
find your printer using your printer name or TCP/IP.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired  
action.  
6
7
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Select your printer name and click Next.ꢀꢀ  
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
10 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
11 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
13 Click Finish  
.
®
56  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
     
Windows 7 or Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer.ꢀꢀ  
,
Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.ꢀꢀ  
When you select your printer, go to step 8.ꢀꢀ  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.ꢀꢀ  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then clickꢀꢀ  
Next.ꢀꢀ  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired  
action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
13 Click Finish  
.
Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2012  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
.
Click Hardware and Sound  
(Hardware for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers →ꢀAdd a printer  
.
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
9
If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
.
10 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test page. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
11 Click Finish  
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
57  
     
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer without leaving your  
desk. You can view and/or change the printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering  
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering supplies.  
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the printer is directly connected to a computer or a print  
server.  
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. The printer ꢀ  
configuration appears on the screen.ꢀꢀ  
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail when the printer needs supplies or ꢀ  
intervention.ꢀꢀ  
To set up e-mail alerts:ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Click E-Mail Alert link.  
Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway  
address in the e-mail list box.  
Click Apply New Settings  
,
Reply Address, and your or key operator's e-mail  
4
.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed on the SMTP server until an error occurs.  
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network  
Before Installation  
Before you start remote installation, perform the following procedures.  
Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7  
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit  
Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2.  
For Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs (for Windows Vista only) →ꢀAccessories (for Windows Vista only) →ꢀRun  
Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK  
Click Computer Configuration →ꢀAdministrative Templates →ꢀPrinters  
Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select Properties  
.
.
.
.
On the Setting tab, select Enabled, and then click OK  
.
Restart the computer.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK  
Click Computer Configuration →ꢀAdministrative Templates →ꢀPrinters  
Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select Edit  
→
All Programs (for Windows 7 only)  
→
Accessories (for Windows 7 only) →ꢀRun.  
.
.
.
Select Enabled, and then click OK  
.
Restart the computer.  
®
58  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
 
Share the Firewall File and Printer  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows  
7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,  
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012.  
For Windows XP:  
1
2
3
4
Click start →ꢀControl Panel  
Select Security Center  
Click Windows Firewall  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and then click OK  
.
.
.
.
For Windows Vista:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel  
Select Security  
Click Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings  
Click Continue  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and then click OK  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
For Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
4
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel  
Double-click Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and then click OK  
.
.
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
Select System and Security  
Click Windows Firewall  
Click Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall  
If the check boxes under Allowed programs and features: are dimmed, click Change settings  
→
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
.
Check the File and Printer Sharing check box. Home/Work (Private) or Public check box is automatically selected  
according to your settings.ꢀꢀ  
If File and Printer Sharing Properties dialog box appears, click OK.ꢀꢀ  
7
Click OK.ꢀꢀ  
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
59  
Start Remote Registry  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8,  
and Windows 8 64-bit Edition.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel.ꢀꢀ  
Select System and Maintenance (System and Security for Windows 7  
Click Administrative Tools.ꢀꢀ  
).ꢀꢀ  
Double-click Services.ꢀꢀ  
Click Continue (for Windows Vista only).ꢀꢀ  
Right-click Remote Registry and select Start.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click Remote Registry and select Properties.ꢀꢀ  
Change Startup type: to Automatic, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Disable User Account Control  
NOTE: Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable to virus attacks.  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2.  
For Windows Vista:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel  
Select User Accounts and Family Safety  
Click User Accounts  
Click Turn User Account Control on or off  
Click Continue  
.
.
.
.
.
Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer check box.  
Restart the computer.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel  
Double-click User Accounts  
Click Turn User Account Control on or off  
Click Continue  
Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer check box.  
Click OK  
Restart the computer.  
.
.
.
.
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start  
Select User Accounts  
Click User Accounts  
Click Change User Account Control Settings  
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK  
Click Yes  
Restart the computer.  
→
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
.
.
®
60  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
For Windows 7:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel.ꢀꢀ  
Select User Accounts and Family Safety.ꢀꢀ  
Click User Accounts.ꢀꢀ  
Click Change User Account Control Settings.ꢀꢀ  
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Click Yes in User Account Control dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Restart the computer.ꢀꢀ  
Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks  
NOTE: This step is required when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition,  
Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, and  
Windows Server 2012 for the server computer.  
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2:  
1
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀNetwork and Internet →ꢀNetwork and Sharing Center →ꢀChange advanced  
sharing settings  
.
2
To allow your computer to be found on the network, and to allow other computers on the network to share the files  
and folders on your computer, click Turn on network discovery.ꢀꢀ  
3
4
Click Save changes.ꢀꢀ  
If you see the User Account Control dialog box, click Yes.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition:  
1
2
Click Start →ꢀNetwork  
Right-click Network and select Properties  
The Network an Sharing Center screen appears.  
.
.
3
4
Click the down arrow button next to either Network discovery  
.
To allow your computer to be found on the network, and to allow other computers on the network to share the files  
and folders on your computer, click Turn on network discovery  
Click Apply  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
5
6
.
.
Disable Simple File Sharing  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP, and Windows XP 64-bit Edition.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start Control Panel.ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
→
Select Appearance and Themes.ꢀꢀ  
Select Folder Options.ꢀꢀ  
On the View tab, clear the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check box, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel.ꢀꢀ  
Select Performance and Maintenance.ꢀꢀ  
Select Administrative Tools.ꢀꢀ  
Double-click Local Security Policy.ꢀꢀ  
Click Local Policies →ꢀSecurity Options.ꢀꢀ  
10 Right-click Network access: Sharing and security model for local accounts and select Properties  
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
61  
11 Ensure that Classic - local users authenticate as themselves is selected.  
12ꢀꢀ Click OK  
.
Installing the Printer Driver  
NOTE: Installation on Windows XP Home Edition, Windows Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista  
x64 Home Basic, Windows Vista x64 Home Premium, Windows 7 Starter, Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium,  
Windows 7 x64 Home Basic, and Windows 7 x64 Home Premium, Windows 8, Windows 8 x64, Windows 8 Pro, Windows 8 x64  
Pro, and Windows Server 2012 is not supported.  
1
2
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer in your computer. The Dell Printer Setup  
file launches automatically.  
Click Install Printer Driver and Software  
.
The Choose an installation type screen appears.  
3
4
5
Select Network Installation, and then click Next.  
Select Remote Installation, and then click Next  
Enter the Administrator user name and password of the client computer, then select the clients or servers, and then  
click Next  
.
.
NOTE: If you are running any of the following operating systems, a Windows Security Alert is displayed:  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Vista  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 7  
•ꢀꢀ Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Server 2008  
•ꢀꢀ Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
•
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition  
To continue installing the host-based printer driver, click Unblock or Allow access (for Windows Server 2008 R2  
and Windows 7).ꢀꢀ  
6
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in Select Printer, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in Select Printer, try the following steps:  
•ꢀꢀ Click Refresh to update the information.  
•ꢀꢀ Click Add Printer, and then enter a port name (any alphanumeric string of your choosing) and an existing IP address  
for the printer.  
7
8
Select the required items on Software and Documentation, and then click Install.ꢀꢀ  
Click Finish to exit this tool.ꢀꢀ  
Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the protocol of Microsoft for Windows Vista,  
Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012.  
Adding Roles of Print Services  
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need to add the roles of print services to the  
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 client.  
®
62  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
     
For Windows Server 2008 R2:  
1
2
3
Click Start →ꢀAdministrative Tools →ꢀServer Manager.ꢀꢀ  
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.ꢀꢀ  
Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and ꢀ  
then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
4
5
6
Click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Click Install.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start →ꢀAdministrative Tools →ꢀServer Manager.ꢀꢀ  
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.ꢀꢀ  
Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Click Install.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows Server 2012:  
1
2
3
Click Server Manager of the Start screen.  
Select Add Roles and Features from the Manage menu.  
Click Next on the Before You Begin window  
destination server on the Server Selection window in the Add Roles and Features Wizard.ꢀꢀ  
→
Select installation type on the Installation Type window  
→
Select  
4
5
6
Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
Select features on the Features window  
→
Confirm installation selections on the Confirmation window.ꢀꢀ  
Click Install.ꢀꢀ  
WSD Printer Setup  
You can install your new printer on the network using Windows Add Printer wizard. When installing using the  
Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer, see "Network Connection Setup" on page 54 for  
details.  
NOTE: Installing WSD printer for Windows 8, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012 is  
available only with the Add Printer wizard.  
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard  
1
For Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2:  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers (Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters for Windows  
Server 2008 and Windows Vista).  
For Windows 8, Windows Server 2012:  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound  
for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers  
(
Hardware  
.
2
3
4
Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer  
In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click Next  
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the form of http://IP address/ws/.  
.
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
63  
 
NOTE: If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP address manually to create a WSD printer. To enter  
the printer's IP address manually, follow the instructions below. For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD printer, you  
must be a member of Administrators group.  
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.  
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.  
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.  
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and click Next.  
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, perform one of  
the followings:  
•ꢀꢀ Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your computer.  
•
Add the printer driver to your computer in advance.  
5
Install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation,  
type the password or provide confirmation.  
6
7
Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.  
Print a test page to verify print installation.  
aꢀꢀ For Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2:  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters for  
(
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista).  
For Windows 8, Windows Server 2012:  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers.  
bꢀꢀ Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Printer properties (Properties for Windows Server 2008  
and Windows Vista).  
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
Setting Up for Shared Printing  
You can share your new printer on the network using the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your  
printer, or using Windows Point and Print or peer-to-peer method. However, if you use either of the Microsoft  
methods you will not get features such as the status monitor and other printer utilities, which will get installed with  
the Software and Documentation disc.  
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its drivers on all the computers on the  
network.  
NOTE: You need to purchase the Ethernet cable separately for shared printing.  
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1ꢀꢀ Click Start →ꢀPrinters and Faxes  
.
2
3
4
Right-click this printer icon and select Properties.  
From the Sharing tab, check the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.  
5ꢀꢀ Click OK  
.
If the files are not present in your computer, then you will be prompted to insert the server operating system CD.  
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1ꢀꢀ Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing  
→
Printers.  
2
.
®
64  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
   
3
4
5
6
7
8
Click Change sharing options.ꢀꢀ  
The "Windows needs your permission to continue" appears.ꢀꢀ  
Click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.ꢀꢀ  
Select Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click OK.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀPrinters.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.ꢀꢀ  
Click Change Sharing Options if exists.ꢀꢀ  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.ꢀꢀ  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click OK.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers  
.
Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties  
.
On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
.
For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2012  
1
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound (Hardware  
for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
5
6
Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.ꢀꢀ  
On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.ꢀꢀ  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.ꢀꢀ  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.ꢀꢀ  
Click Apply, and then click OK.ꢀꢀ  
To check that the printer is shared:  
•ꢀꢀ Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes, or Devices and Printers folder is shared. The ꢀ  
share icon is shown under the printer icon.ꢀꢀ  
•
Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server and look for the shared name you  
assigned to the printer.  
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients using the Point and Print method or the  
peer-to-peer method.  
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
65  
Point and Print  
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to a remote printer. This feature  
automatically downloads and installs the printer driver.  
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1
2
3
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click My Network Places  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
.
.
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the client computer, and for a new printer  
object to be added to the Printers and Faxes folder. The time taken to copy varies based on the network traffic.  
Close My Network Places  
.
4
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
Click start (Start for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) →ꢀSettings (for Windows XP  
/ Windows XP 64-bit Edition) →ꢀPrinters and Faxes  
.
b
c
d
Select the printer you have installed.  
Click File →ꢀProperties  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start →ꢀNetwork  
Locate and double-click the host name of the server computer.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
Click Install driver  
Click Continue in User Account Control dialog box.  
.
.
.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object is added to the Printers  
folder. The duration of this procedure may vary based on the network traffic.  
®
66  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
   
6ꢀꢀ Print a test page to verify installation.ꢀꢀ  
a
b
c
d
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound.ꢀꢀ  
Select Printers.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.ꢀꢀ  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.ꢀꢀ  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start →ꢀNetwork  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
Click Install driver  
.
.
.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the  
Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.  
6ꢀꢀ Print a test page to verify installation.ꢀꢀ  
a
b
c
d
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel.ꢀꢀ  
Select Printers.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.ꢀꢀ  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.ꢀꢀ  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
→
your user name →ꢀNetwork (Start →ꢀNetwork for Windows Server 2008 R2)..ꢀꢀ  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.ꢀꢀ  
Click Install driver.ꢀꢀ  
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the ꢀ  
Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.  
6ꢀꢀ Print a test page to verify installation.ꢀꢀ  
a
b
c
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers.ꢀꢀ  
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.ꢀꢀ  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.ꢀꢀ  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2012  
1
Point to the bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search  
Apps, and then click Network  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
Click Install driver  
→
Type Networkin the search box, click  
.
2
3
4
5
.
.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the  
Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.  
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
67  
6ꢀꢀ Print a test page to verify installation.ꢀꢀ  
a
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Soundꢀꢀ  
Hardware for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers.ꢀꢀ  
(
b
c
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.ꢀꢀ  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.ꢀꢀ  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
Peer-to-Peer  
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the printer driver is installed on each client computer. The client computers can  
modify the drivers and handle the print jobs.  
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1
Click start (Start for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) →ꢀSettings (for Windows XP /  
Windows XP 64-bit Edition) Printers and Faxes.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.ꢀꢀ  
Click Next.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and then click Next. If the printer is not ꢀ  
listed, type in the path of the printer in the text box.  
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The shared printer name  
is the name assigned during the server installation process.  
5ꢀꢀ Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next  
.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no system driver is available, specify the  
location where the driver is available.  
6
7
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.ꢀꢀ  
If you want to verify installation, click Yes to print a test page. ꢀ  
Click Finish.ꢀꢀ  
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.ꢀꢀ  
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.ꢀꢀ  
®
68  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
   
3
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next. If the printer is listed, select the printer  
and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a  
shared printer by name text box and click Next  
.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The shared printer  
name is the name assigned during the server installation process.  
4
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no system driver is available, specify the  
location where the driver is available.  
5
6
7
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
.
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀPrinters  
.
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next. If the printer is listed, select the printer  
and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a  
shared printer by name text box and click Next  
.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer name>ꢀꢀ  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The shared printer ꢀ  
name is the name assigned during the server installation process.ꢀꢀ  
4
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no system driver is available, specify the  
location where the driver is available.  
5
6
7
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers  
.
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
69  
3ꢀꢀ Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or  
select The printer that I want isn't listed. Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the printer  
in the text box, and then click Next  
.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The shared printer name  
is the name assigned during the server installation process.  
4
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no system driver is available, you need to  
specify the path to the available drivers.  
5
6
7
8
Confirm the printer name, and then click Next  
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
.
.
For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2012  
1
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound  
for Windows Server 2012) →ꢀDevices and Printers  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
(Hardware  
.
2
3
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or  
select The printer that I want isn't listed. Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the printer  
in the text box, and then click Next  
.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer name>ꢀꢀ  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The shared printer nameꢀꢀ  
is the name assigned during the server installation process.ꢀꢀ  
4
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no system driver is available, you need to  
specify the path to the available drivers.  
5
6
7
8
Confirm the printer name, and then click Next  
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
.
.
.
.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
®
70  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
10ꢀꢀ  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running  
Macintosh  
Installing the Drivers and Software  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Run the Software and Documentation disc on the Macintosh computer.ꢀꢀ  
Double-click the Dell C1760/C1660 Installer icon, and then click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
Click Continue on the Introduction screen.ꢀꢀ  
Click Continue on the Important Information screen.ꢀꢀ  
Select a language for the Software License Agreement.ꢀꢀ  
After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to continue the installation process.ꢀꢀ  
Confirm the installation location, and then click Continue.ꢀꢀ  
Click Install to perform the standard installation. ꢀ  
10 Type the administrator's name and password, and then click Install Software  
.
11 Click Close to complete installation.  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or Later Version(s)  
When Using a USB connection  
1
2
3
4
5
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer.  
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default  
(Print & Scan for Mac OS X 10.7).  
.
Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.ꢀꢀ  
6
Click Add.ꢀꢀ  
When Using Bonjour  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and printer.  
3
4
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax (Print & Scan for Mac OS X 10.7).  
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default (Click the Plus (+) sign, and select the printer from Nearby Printers. If  
there are no printers in Nearby Printers, select Add Other Printer or Scanner for Mac OS X 10.7).  
5
6
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
Click Add  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
71  
         
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and printer.  
3
4
5
6
7
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click IP  
Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol  
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
Select the model of your printer for Print Using  
NOTE: When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
Click Add  
(Print & Scan for Mac OS X 10.7).  
.
.
.
8
.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11  
When Using a USB Connection  
1
2
3
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer.  
Start Printer Setup Utility  
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add.ꢀꢀ  
.
4
5
6
Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list.ꢀꢀ  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.ꢀꢀ  
7
Click Add.ꢀꢀ  
When Using Bonjour  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and printer.  
3
Start the Printer Setup Utility  
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.ꢀꢀ  
Click Add.ꢀꢀ  
.
4
5
6
Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.ꢀꢀ  
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.ꢀꢀ  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.ꢀꢀ  
7
Click Add.ꢀꢀ  
72  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
 
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and printer.  
3
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
4
5
6
7
8
Click Add  
.
Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box.  
Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol  
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
Select the model of your printer for Print Using  
NOTE: When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
Click Add  
.
.
9
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
73  
74  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
Using Your Printer  
11 Operator Panel ............................................................................ 77ꢀꢀ  
12 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool..................................... 81ꢀꢀ  
13 Understanding the Tool Box Menus....................................... 111ꢀꢀ  
14 Understanding the Printer Menus.......................................... 125ꢀꢀ  
15 Print Media Guidelines............................................................. 143ꢀꢀ  
16 Loading Print Media ................................................................. 151ꢀꢀ  
75  
 
76ꢀꢀ  
11ꢀꢀ  
Operator Panel  
Using the Operator Panel Buttons  
The operator panel has a liquid crystal display (LCD), seven buttons, and an indicator.  
1ꢀ  
8ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
3ꢀ  
4ꢀ  
5ꢀ  
7ꢀ  
6ꢀ  
1
Ready/Error indicator  
•ꢀꢀ Lights up green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data is being received.  
Lights up orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable print error occurs.  
LCD Panel  
buttons  
•
2
3
•ꢀꢀ Selects submenus or setting values in the Menu mode.  
(Set) button  
4
5
•ꢀꢀ Displays the selected menu or item and determines the selected value in the Menu mode.  
(Cancel) button  
•ꢀꢀ Cancels the current print job.  
•ꢀꢀ Switches to the Print mode from the top menu of the Menu mode.  
•ꢀꢀ Switches to the upper hierarchy of the menu from the submenu of the Menu mode.  
(Menu) button  
6
•ꢀꢀ Switches to the Menu mode from the Print mode.  
•ꢀꢀ Switches to the Print mode from the Menu mode.  
buttons  
7
8
•
Scrolls through menus or items in the Menu mode. To enter numbers or passwords, press these buttons.  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button  
®
•ꢀꢀ Starts Wi-Fi Protected Setup (Push Button Configuration). Lights up when it is activated, and blinks in  
certain conditions.  
Operator Panel  
77  
                     
Status of Wi-Fi | WPS Button Backlight  
This section describes when the backlight of the  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button lights up or blinks.  
For more information, see "Wireless Problems" on page 224.  
Wi-Fi | WPS Button Wireless LAN Printer Status  
Error Message  
*1  
Backlight  
settings  
Off  
N/A  
Connected to the network via Ethernet  
cable; Wi-Fisettings is not available when  
an Ethernet cable is connected to the  
printer.  
-
-
-
Disable  
Enable  
Enable  
The printer enters Sleep/Deep Sleep mode  
Wireless link established  
-
On  
•
Blinking  
normal  
Searching for wireless LAN access point or  
router  
•
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Blinking  
slowly  
Searching/Connecting with WPS access  
point or router during wireless operation  
•
Blinking  
fast  
No wireless LAN access point or router  
found within the specified time  
Wireless Timeout Error  
WPS Connection failure  
WirelessDownload Error  
Wireless Password Error  
Wireless LAN access point or router found  
but connection error occurs (Passphrase  
error)  
Detected WPS signals from multiple access  
points or routers during wireless operation  
(session overlap)  
Wireless Session Overlap  
Error  
WPS Connection failure; Security setting of  
the wireless LAN access point or router is  
WEP, which is unsupported on WPS.  
Wireless WEP AP Connected  
Error  
Wrong WEP key entered during the wireless  
setup  
WEP Key Input Error  
1
*
You can enable/disable the Wireless LANsettings. For more information, see "Wireless LAN" on page 127.  
78  
Operator Panel  
   
Using the Operator Panel to Change Printer Settings  
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.ꢀꢀ  
When you first enter the menus from the operator panel, you see an asterisk (*) next to a value in the menus. This ꢀ  
asterisk indicates the factory default menu setting. These settings are the original printer settings.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.ꢀꢀ  
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, an asterisk appears next to the setting to identify it as the ꢀ  
current user default menu setting.ꢀꢀ  
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.ꢀꢀ  
To select a new value as a setting:ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ or  
button until the desired menu appears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.  
Press the ꢀ or  
button until the desired menu or menu item appears, and then press the  
•
•
If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system setting in the menu appears.  
If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu item appears.ꢀꢀ  
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:ꢀꢀ  
•
•
•
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting  
A numerical value that can be changed  
An On or Off setting  
Press the  
the  
(Set) button to return the settings to the factory default menu settings.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ or button to scroll until the desired value appears.ꢀꢀ  
or  
button at the same time. This will restore the factory default menu settings. Press  
4
5
Press the ꢀ (Set) button.  
This enables the setting value, which is indicated by an asterisk (*) next to the setting value.  
6
Press the  
(Cancel) or button to return to the previous menu.ꢀꢀ  
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting new values, press the ꢀ (Cancel)  
button.  
Driver settings may have precedence over changes previously made. In such case, change the defaults of the operator  
panel.  
Printing a Device Settings Page  
The device settings page shows current settings for the printer menus. For details about how to print a panel settings  
report, see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 125.  
Operator Panel  
79  
     
Changing the Language  
To display a different language on the operator panel:  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Panel Languageappears, and then press the  
button until the desired language appears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
The Tool Box  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1660w Color Printer or Dell C1760nw Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: For details about starting the Tool Box, see "Starting the Tool Box" on page 111.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select System Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
The System Settings page is displayed.  
4
Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then click Apply New Settings.  
Setting the PowerSaver Time Option  
You can set the powersaver time for the printer. The printer waits before it restores the default copy settings, if you  
do not start copying after changing them on the operator panel.  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until System Settingsappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button to select Sleep, Deep Sleep, or Auto-Off Timer, and then press the  
Ensure that PowerSaver Timeappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
(Set)  
When you select Sleepor Deep Sleep, go to step 7.  
When you select Auto-Off Timer, go to step 6.  
6
7
Press the  
If you select Off, go to step 8.  
Press the or button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad, and then press the  
You can select from 5 30 minutes for Sleep, 1-6 minutes for Deep Sleep, or 60-1440 minutes for  
Auto-Off Timer  
Press the (Cancel) or button to return to the previous menu.  
button to select Offor On, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
–
.
8
80  
Operator Panel  
           
12ꢀꢀ  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
Overview  
NOTE: This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network.  
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is the E-Mail Alert Setup, which sends an e-mail to  
you or the key operator when the printer needs supplies or intervention.  
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the printers in your area, use the Printer  
Information feature in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the  
network to display the asset tag number.  
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change the printer settings and keep track of  
printing trends. If you are a network administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the  
network using your web browser.  
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.ꢀꢀ  
It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web browser before using the Dell Printer ꢀ  
Configuration Web Tool.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be unreadable if the language differs from that of your web browser.  
Setting Up From Web Browser  
It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your web browser and the operator panel  
before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
81  
           
For Internet Explorer®  
Setting Up the Display Language  
1
2
3
Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.  
Select Languages in the General tab.  
Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.  
For example:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Italian (Italy) [it-IT]  
Spanish (Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl]  
German (Germany) [de-DE]  
French (France) [fr-FR]  
English (United States) [en-us]  
Danish [da-DK]  
Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL]  
Norwegian (Bokmal) [no]  
Swedish [sv-SE]  
Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non-Proxy  
1
2
3
Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.  
Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) settings in the Connections tab.  
You can configure the LAN settings in one of the following ways:  
•
•
Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy server  
Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of your printer in the Do not use proxy server for addresses  
beginning with field under Exceptions  
.
.
After setting the language and proxy, enter <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>(the IP address of your printer) in  
the URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
For Firefox®  
Setting Up the Display Language  
1
2
3
Select Options from the Tools menu.  
Click Choose in the Content tab.  
Specify the display language in order of preference in the Languages in order of preference list.  
For example:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
English [en] or English/United States [en-us]  
Italian [it]  
Spanish [es]  
German [de]  
French [fr]  
Dutch [nl]  
Norwegian [no]  
Swedish [sv]  
Danish [da]  
82  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non-Proxy  
1
2
3
4
5
Select Options from the Tools menu.  
Click Advanced tab.  
Click Network on the Options dialog box.  
Click Connection →ꢀSettings  
.
You can configure the LAN settings in one of the following ways:  
•ꢀꢀ Select the No Proxy check box, if you do not want to use a proxy.  
•ꢀꢀ Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.  
•ꢀꢀ Select the Manual proxy configuration: check box, and then enter a hostname and a port number if you have  
a list of one or more proxy servers. If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy, enter the IP address of  
your printer in the No Proxy for: edit box.  
•ꢀꢀ Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL: check box.  
After setting the language and proxy, enter <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>(the IP address of your printer) in  
the URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWSis set to Enable(the factory default) on  
the operator panel. Check the operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 125.  
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser.  
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings report or display the TCP/IP Settings  
page, which lists the IP address. For details about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP Settings"  
on page 41.  
Overview of the Menu Items  
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool for:  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to get feedback on the printer status. When a toner cartridge is running low, click the  
order supplies link on the first screen to order an additional toner cartridge.  
Printer Jobs  
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and Completed Jobs page.  
These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to change printer settings and view the settings in the operator panel remotely.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
83  
                 
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and necessary conditions for  
communications.  
Copy Printer Settings  
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another printer or printers on the network by  
entering the IP address of each printer.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Print Volume  
Use the Print Volume option to check the number of pages printed for each paper size.  
Printer Information  
Use the Printer Information menu to display the information of your printer.  
E-Mail Alert  
Use the E-Mail Alert menu to receive an e-mail when the printer needs supplies or intervention. Enter your name or  
the key operator name in the e-mail list box to be notified.  
Set Password  
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so that other users do  
not inadvertently change the printer settings you selected.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Online Help  
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support web site.  
Order Supplies at:  
www.dell.com/supplies  
Contact Dell Support at:  
support.dell.com  
84  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                 
Page Display Format  
The layout of the page is divided into three sections.  
Top Frame  
The top frame is located on the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is activated, the ꢀ  
current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page. ꢀ  
The following items are displayed in the top frame.ꢀꢀ  
1
2
3
Dell C1760nw Color Printer  
IP Address  
Displays the printer model name.  
Displays the IP address of your printer.  
Location  
Displays the location of the printer. The location can be changed in the Basic  
Information on the Print Server Settings page.  
4
5
6
Contact Person  
Event Panel  
Displays the administrator name of the printer. The name can be changed in the Basic  
Information on the Print Server Settings page.  
Displays the condition of the printer. If an error occurs, the error code and message are  
displayed. For example, 077-090:Paper jam. Open...  
Printer Bitmap  
Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu appears in the right  
frame when you click the image.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
85  
               
Left Frame  
The left frame is located on the left side of all pages. The menu titles displayed in the left frame are linked to  
corresponding menus and pages. You can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.  
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Printer Status  
Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Printer Jobs  
Links to the Printer Jobs menu.  
Printer Settings  
Print Server Settings  
Copy Printer Settings  
Print Volume  
Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.  
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.  
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.  
Links to the Print Volume menu.  
Printer Information  
E-Mail Alert  
Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.  
Links to the Security menu.  
Set Password  
10 Online Help  
Links to the Dell Support website.  
Links to the Dell web page.  
11 Order Supplies at:  
12 Contact Dell Support at:  
Links to the Dell support page web address: support.dell.com  
86  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                           
Right Frame  
The right frame is located on the right side of all pages. The contents of the right frame correspond to the menu that  
you select in the left frame. For details on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu Items" on  
page 88.  
Buttons in the Right Frame  
1
2
3
Refresh button  
Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest information in the right  
frame.  
Apply New Settings button  
Restore Settings button  
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to the printer.  
The new settings replace the old settings of the printer.  
Restores the old settings. New settings will not be submitted to the printer.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
87  
         
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items  
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings access through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
When you access these menus, the authentication window appears on the screen. Enter a user name and password of  
the administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.  
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL). You can change only the password in  
the Set Password page in the Security menu. For more information, see "Set Password" on page 109.  
Details of the Menu Items  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Events"  
"Printer Information"  
"Job List"  
"Printer Jobs"  
"Completed Jobs"  
"Menu Settings"  
"Printer Settings"  
"Printer Settings Report"  
"Printer Settings"  
"Reports"  
"System Settings"  
"USB Settings"  
"Secure Settings"  
"Paper Density"  
"Printer Maintenance"  
"Adjust BTR"  
"Adjust Fusing Unit"  
"Auto Registration Adjustment"  
"Color Registration Adjustments"  
"Clean Developer"  
"BTR Refresh"  
"Maintenance Chart"  
"Reset Defaults"  
"Non-Dell Toner"  
"Adjust Altitude"  
"Web Link Customization"  
88  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
     
"Print Server Settings"  
"Print Server Reports"  
"Print Server Settings"  
"Print Server Setup Page"  
"E-Mail Alert Setup Page"  
"Basic Information"  
"Port Settings"  
"TCP/IP"  
"E-Mail Alert"  
"Bonjour (mDNS)"  
"SNMP"  
*1  
"Wireless LAN"  
"Reset Print Server"  
"Set Password"  
"Security"  
"IP Filter (IPv4)"  
"Copy Printer Settings"  
"Copy Printer Settings"  
"Copy Printer Settings Report"  
"Print Volume"  
"Print Volume"  
1
*
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wireless network.  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and specifications of the printer.  
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.  
Printer Status  
Purpose:  
To check the status of the consumables and trays.  
Values:  
Cyan Cartridge Level  
Magenta Cartridge Level  
Yellow Cartridge Level  
Black Cartridge Level  
Displays the percentage of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.  
When a cartridge is empty, a message appears. The text Call or  
Order is linked to the Dell Printer Supplies website.  
Paper Trays  
Status  
OK  
Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but the quantity is  
unknown.  
Add Paper  
Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.  
Displays the maximum capacity of the output tray.  
Displays the size of paper in the tray.  
Capacity  
Size  
Output Tray  
Cover  
Status  
OK  
Indicates that the tray is available.  
Capacity  
Status  
Displays the maximum capacity of the output tray.  
Indicates that the cover is closed.  
Closed  
Open  
Indicates that the cover is open.  
Printer Type  
Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser is displayed normally.  
Displays the printing speed.  
Printing Speed  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
89  
               
Printer Events  
Purpose:  
When faults such as Out of Paper or Rear Cover is Open occur, the details of all alerts or indications of faults areꢀꢀ  
displayed in the Printer Events page.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
Location  
Details  
Displays the location where the error occurred.  
Displays the details of the error.  
Printer Information  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To display the system information of the printer. This page can also be displayed by clicking Printer Information in ꢀ  
the left frame.ꢀꢀ  
Values:  
Dell Service Tag Number  
Express Service Code  
Asset Tag Number  
Displays Dell's service tag number.  
Displays the express service code of the printer.  
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.  
Displays the serial number of the printer.  
Displays the memory capacity.  
Printer Serial Number  
Memory Capacity  
Processor Speed  
Displays the processing speed.  
Printer Revision Levels  
Firmware Version  
Displays the version of the controller.  
Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version.  
Printer Jobs  
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs pages. These pages show the  
details of the status regarding each protocol or the print jobs.  
Job List  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To confirm the print jobs that are being processed. Click Refresh to update the screen.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Owner  
Displays the file name of the job being printed  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Displays the status of the job being printed.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
.
Host Name  
Job Status  
Host I/F  
Job Submitted Time  
Displays the date when the print job was submitted.  
90  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                                                   
Completed Jobs  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To check the completed jobs. Up to 10 latest print jobs are displayed. Click Refresh to update the screen.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Displays the file name of the job.  
Owner  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Host Name  
Output Result  
Impression Number  
No. of Sheets  
Host I/F  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Displays the status of the job.  
Displays the total number of pages used by the print job.  
Displays the total number of sheets used by the print job.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
Displays the date when the job was submitted.  
Job Submitted Time  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report and to configure the printer settings.  
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.  
Printer Settings Report  
The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Menu Settings and Reports pages.  
Menu Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of your printer.  
Values:  
System Settings  
Power Saver Time - Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode  
after it finishes a job.  
Power Saver Time - Deep  
Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep  
mode after it goes into Sleep mode.  
Power Saver Time - Auto-Off Displays the time taken by the printer to be turned off after it has  
*1  
Timer  
entered Deep Sleep mode.  
Fault Time-Out  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that  
stop abnormally.  
Job Time-Out  
mm/inch  
Displays the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive  
from the computer.  
Displays the measurement unit used after the numeric value on the  
operator panel.  
Default Paper Size  
Displays the default paper size.  
Disable printing with larger Displays whether to disable printing if the paper size set in the  
paper size  
printer driver and the paper size set in the tray of the printer does  
not match (the paper set in the tray is larger).  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
91  
                                                   
Auto Log Print  
Displays whether to automatically print a job history report after  
every 10 jobs.  
Low Toner Alert Msg  
Panel Language  
USB Port  
Displays whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.  
Displays the language used on the operator panel.  
USB Settings  
Displays whether the USB interface is enabled.  
Secure Settings  
Panel Lock Set  
Displays whether to limit access to the menus with a password.  
Login Error - Attempts  
Displays the maximum number that the administrator fails to log  
in.  
Software Download  
Plain  
Displays whether to enable download of software updates.  
Displays the paper density of plain paper.  
Paper Density  
Adjust BTR  
Label  
Displays the paper density of labels.  
Plain  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for thick plain  
paper.  
Covers  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for cover paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for labels.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for coated paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for envelopes.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for recycled paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for plain paper.  
Label  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Plain  
Adjust Fusing Unit  
Plain Thick  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for thick plain  
paper.  
Covers  
Label  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for cover paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for labels.  
Coated  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for coated  
paper.  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for envelopes.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for recycled  
paper.  
Auto Registration Adjustment  
Adjust Altitude  
Displays whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Displays the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
BTR Refresh  
Displays whether to execute counter measures for  
curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Displays whether to use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Web Link Customization  
Select Reorder URL  
Regular  
Displays a link used for ordering consumables, which can be  
accessed from Order Supplies at: in the left frame.  
Displays the regular web address  
(http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to Order  
Supplies at:  
Premier  
Displays the premier web address (http://premier.dell.com) that  
can be linked to Order Supplies at:  
1
*
Auto-Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
92  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                                                     
Reports  
Purpose:  
To print the settings and history information of your printer.  
Values:  
Printer Settings  
Device Settings  
Job History  
Click Start to print the printer settings page.  
Click Start to print the device settings page.  
Click Start to print the Job History report.  
Click Start to print the Error History report.  
Click Start to print the Color Test Page.  
Error History  
Color Test Page  
Printer Settings  
The Printer Settings tab contains the System Settings, USB Settings, and Secure Settings pages.  
System Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure the basic printer settings.  
Values:  
*1  
Power Saver Time - Sleep  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode after it finishes a job.  
Power Saver Time - Deep  
Sleep  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep  
mode.  
Power Saver Time - Auto-Off Specifies the time it takes to automatically turn off the printer after it has entered Deep Sleep  
*2  
Timer  
mode.  
Fault Time-Out  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally. The print job is  
cancelled if it times out.  
Job Time-Out  
Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print  
job is cancelled if it times out.  
*3  
mm / inch  
Specifies the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.  
Specifies the default paper size.  
Default Paper Size  
Disable printing with larger Specifies whether to print jobs if the paper set in the tray of the printer is larger than the paper  
*4  
paper size  
size set in the printer driver (the paper size does not have to match).  
Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after every 10 jobs.  
Alerts you if the toner is low.  
Auto Log Print  
Low Toner Alert Msg  
Panel Language  
Used to set the language on the operator panel.  
1ꢀꢀ  
*
Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a job. This uses less energy, but requires more  
warm-up time for the printer. Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum  
warm-up time. Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a  
shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also  
return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
2ꢀꢀ  
3ꢀ  
*
*
*
Auto-Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
The default for mm/inch and Default Paper Size vary depending on country-specific factory default.  
Disable printing with larger paper size is available only in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool and the Tool Box.  
4ꢀꢀ  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
93  
                                         
USB Settings  
Purpose:  
To change the USB settings on your printer.  
Values:  
USB Port  
To enable the USB interface on your printer.  
Secure Settings  
Panel Lock  
Purpose:  
To restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a password, and to set or change the password.  
NOTE: This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel. When you change the password for the Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool, click Set Password on the left frame and set the password.  
Values:  
Panel Lock Set  
New Password  
Restricts access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a password.  
Sets a password required to access Admin Menuand Report/List.  
Enter the new password again to confirm.  
Re-enter Password  
Login Error  
Purpose:  
To set the maximum number of failed login attempts before an administrator is denied access to Admin Menuand  
Report/List.  
NOTE: This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.  
Software Download  
Purpose:  
To set whether to enable download of software updates.  
Printer Maintenance  
The Printer Maintenance tab contains the Paper Density, Adjust BTR, Adjust Fusing Unit, Auto Registration  
Adjustment, Color Registration Adjustments, Clean Developer, BTR Refresh, Maintenance Chart, Reset Defaults,  
Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, and Web Link Customization pages.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Label  
Sets the paper density of plain paper.  
Sets the paper density of labels.  
94  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                   
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller (BTR). To decrease the voltage, set  
negative values. To increase the voltage, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to  
increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Plain Thick  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain paper within the range of  
-3 to 3.  
Covers  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.  
Label  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled paper within the range of  
-3 to 3.  
Adjust Fusing Unit  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To decrease the temperature, set  
negative values. To increase the temperature, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to  
decrease the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for labels within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for coated paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for recycled paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Label  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Auto Registration Adjustment  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
95  
                         
Color Registration Adjustments  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to manually adjust color registration.  
Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved  
to a different location.  
NOTE: The Color Registration Adjustments feature can be configured when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.  
Values:  
Auto Correct  
Click Start to automatically correct color registration.  
Color Regi Chartꢀꢀ  
Click Start to print a color registration chart. The color registration chart prints a lattice pattern of  
yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On the chart, find the values on the right side that are next to the  
line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0, color  
registration is not needed. If the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the  
adjustment values under Color Registration Adjustments.  
Color Registration ꢀ  
Adjustmentsꢀꢀ  
Enter Number  
Specifies lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) and process  
(paper feed direction) color adjustment values individually for Y  
(Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan), LY (Left Yellow), LM (Left  
Magenta), LC (Left Cyan), RY (Right Yellow), RM (Right  
Magenta), and RC (Right Cyan) within the range of -5 to +5.  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge, to use up a toner cartridge when you need to  
replace it before the end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.  
Values:  
Clean Developer  
Click Start to stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
Yellow Toner Refresh  
Magenta Toner Refresh  
Cyan Toner Refresh  
Black Toner Refresh  
Click Start to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Click Start to clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.  
Click Start to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Click Start to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
BTR Refresh  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
96  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
             
Maintenance Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Values:  
Ghost  
Click Start to print a chart to check for ghost printing.  
4Colors  
Click Start to print bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black with varying density.  
Click Start to print a chart, and then check for proper alignment of the print image on the paper.  
Click Start to print a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum cartridge.  
Alignment  
Drum Refresh  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After executing this function and rebooting the  
printer, all the menu parameters, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.  
Values:  
Reset Defaults and restart  
printer.  
Click Start to initialize the system parameters.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the  
reliability of your printer. Dell recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not provide warranty  
coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart the printer.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are  
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
97  
               
Web Link Customization  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from Order Supplies at: in the left frame.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
Select Reorder URL  
Regular  
Select Regular or Premier web address to be linked to Order Supplies at:  
Displays the regular web address (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to  
Order Supplies at:  
Premier  
Displays the premier web address (http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to  
Order Supplies at:  
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and necessary conditions for ꢀ  
communications.ꢀꢀ  
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.ꢀꢀ  
Print Server Reports  
The Print Server Reports tab contains the Print Server Setup Page and E-Mail Alert Setup Page.  
Print Server Setup Page  
Purpose:  
To verify the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) and printing ports. On  
this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to change the settings, go to the pages in the Print  
Server Settings tab.  
Values:  
*1  
Ethernet  
Ethernet Settings  
Displays the current settings of Ethernet transmission rate and the  
duplex settings.  
Current Ethernet Settings  
MAC Address  
Wireless LAN  
SSID  
Displays the current Ethernet settings.  
Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) address of the printer.  
Displays whether to enable wireless connection.  
Displays the name that identifies the network.  
*2  
Wireless Settings  
Network Type  
Displays the network type from either the Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure  
mode.  
MAC Address  
Link Channel  
Link Quality  
Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer setting.  
Displays the channel number of the connection.  
Displays the quality of the connection.  
98  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                   
TCP/IP Settings  
IP Mode  
Displays the IP mode.  
Displays the host name.  
IP Address Mode  
IP Address  
Host Name  
*3  
IPv4  
Displays the IP address mode.  
Displays the IP address.  
Subnet Mask  
Displays the subnet mask.  
Displays the gateway address.  
Gateway Address  
Enable Stateless Address  
*4  
IPv6  
Displays whether to enable the  
stateless address.  
Use Manual Address  
Displays whether to set the IP  
address manually.  
*5  
Manual Address  
Displays the IP address.  
*6  
Stateless Address 1-3  
Displays the stateless addresses.  
Displays the link local address.  
Displays the gateway address.  
Displays the gateway address.  
*6  
Link Local Address  
*5  
Manual Gateway Address  
Auto Configure Gateway  
*6  
Address  
*3  
DNS  
IPv4  
Get DNS Server Address  
from DHCP  
Displays if the printer receives the  
DNS server address automatically  
from the DHCP server.  
Current DNS Server Address Displays the DNS server address.  
*4  
IPv6  
Get DNS Server Address  
from DHCPv6-lite  
Displays if the printer receives the  
DNS server address automatically  
from the DHCPv6-lite server.  
Current DNS Server Address Displays the DNS server address.  
Priority to IPv6 DNS Name Displays whether to use the DNS  
7
Resolution*  
Name Resolution feature.  
LPD  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Connection Time-Out  
Port Status  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
Displays the port status.  
Port9100  
Port Number  
Displays the port number.  
Connection Time-Out  
Port Status  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
Displays the WSD (Web Services on Devices) port status.  
Displays the WSD port number.  
WSD  
Port Number  
Receive Time-Out  
Notification Time-Out  
Displays the receive time-out period.  
Displays the notification time-out period.  
Maximum Number of TTL Displays the maximum number of TTLs.  
Maximum Number of  
Notification  
Displays the maximum number of notifications.  
HTTP  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Displays the port number.  
Port Number  
Simultaneous Connections Displays the number of connections received simultaneously by the  
client.  
Connection Time-Out  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
99  
               
Bonjour (mDNS)  
SNMP  
Port Status  
Host Name  
Printer Name  
Port Status  
Address  
Displays the port status.  
Displays the host name.  
Displays the printer name.  
Displays the port status.  
8
IP Filter (IPv4)*  
Displays the list of IP addresses that are permitted or denied access  
to the printer.  
Address Mask  
Displays the list of subnet mask that are permitted or denied access  
to the printer.  
Active Mode  
Displays whether to be permitted or denied access to the printer.  
*1  
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wired network.ꢀꢀ  
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wireless network.ꢀꢀ  
This item is displayed when IPv4 or Dual Stack Mode is selected.ꢀꢀ  
This item is displayed when IPv6 or Dual Stack Mode is selected.ꢀꢀ  
This item is displayed only when Use Manual Address is Enable.ꢀꢀ  
This item is displayed only when an IP address has been assigned.ꢀꢀ  
This item is available only when using IPv6 dual mode.ꢀꢀ  
*2  
*3  
*4  
*5  
*6  
*7  
*8  
This item is only available for LPD or Port9100.ꢀꢀ  
E-Mail Alert Setup Page  
Purpose:  
To verify the current settings of SMTP/POP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol/Post Office Protocol) used for the e-mail  
feature and e-mail alert feature. In this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to change the  
settings, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab.  
Values:  
E-Mail Server Settings  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Primary SMTP Gateway  
SMTP Port Number  
Displays the primary SMTP gateway.  
Displays the SMTP port number.  
E-Mail Send Authentication Displays the authentication method for outgoing e-mail.  
POP3 Server Address  
POP3 Port Number  
Reply Address  
Displays the POP3 server address.  
Displays the POP3 port number.  
Displays the reply e-mail address sent with each e-mail alert.  
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.  
SMTP Server Connection  
100  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                   
E-Mail Alert Settings  
E-Mail List 1  
Displays the acceptable e-mail addresses for the e-mail alert feature  
specified in E-Mail List 1.  
Select Alerts for List 1  
Supplies Alerts  
Paper Handling Alerts  
Service Call  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for consumables.  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for paper handling.  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for service calls.  
E-Mail List 2  
Displays the acceptable e-mail addresses for the e-mail alert feature  
specified in E-Mail List 2.  
Select Alerts for List 2  
Supplies Alerts  
Paper Handling Alerts  
Service Call  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for consumables.  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for paper handling.  
Displays the e-mail alert receive  
status for service calls.  
Print Server Settings  
The Print Server Settings tab contains the Basic Information, Port Settings, TCP/IP, E-Mail Alert, Bonjour  
(mDNS), SNMP, Wireless LAN, and Reset Print Server pages.  
Basic Information  
Purpose:  
To configure the basic information of the printer.  
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame, Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed  
Jobs page.  
Values:  
System Settings  
Printer Name  
Location  
Specifies the name of the printer using up to 31 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Specifies the location of the printer using up to 63 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Contact Person  
Specifies the contact name, number, and other information of the  
administrator and service center using up to 63 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Administrator E-Mail  
Address  
Specifies the contact address of the administrator and service  
center using up to 63 alphanumeric characters.  
Asset Tag Number  
Auto Refresh  
Enter the asset tag number for the printer.  
EWS Settings  
Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display pages.  
Auto Refresh Interval  
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the status  
display pages automatically from 15 to 600 seconds.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
101  
             
Port Settings  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable printing connectors and management protocol features.  
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is rebooted. When you change or configure the  
settings, click Apply new settings to apply new settings.  
Values:  
1
Ethernet*  
Ethernet Settings  
Autoꢀꢀ  
Detects Ethernet transmission rate  
and the duplex settings  
automatically.  
10Base-T  
Half-Duplex  
Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex as the  
default value.  
10Base-T  
Full-Duplex  
Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex as the  
default value.  
100Base-TX Half-Duplex  
100Base-TX Full-Duplex  
Selects 100Base-TX Half-Duplex as  
the default value.  
Selects 100Base-TX Full-Duplex as  
the default value.  
Current Ethernet Settings  
MAC Address  
LPDꢀꢀ  
Displays the current settings of Ethernet.  
Displays the MAC address of the printer.  
Specifies whether to enable LPD.  
Port Status  
Port9100ꢀꢀ  
Specifies whether to enable Port9100.  
WSDꢀꢀ  
Specifies whether to enable the WSD port.  
Specifies whether to enable the Bonjour (mDNS) feature.  
Specifies whether to enable the E-Mail Alert feature.  
Specifies whether to enable the SNMP.  
Bonjour (mDNS)  
E-Mail Alert  
SNMPꢀꢀ  
1
*
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wired network.  
102  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                                 
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.  
Values:  
TCP/IP Settings  
IP Mode  
Host Name  
IPv4  
Specifies the IP mode.  
Specifies the host name.  
IP Address Mode  
Selects the IP address mode.  
Manually sets the IP address.  
Manually sets the subnet mask.  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
To enable the stateless address.  
To set the IP address manually.  
Manual IP Address  
Manual Subnet Mask  
Manual Gateway Address  
Enable Stateless Address  
Use Manual Address  
Manual Address  
IPv6  
Manually sets the IP address. To  
specify an IPv6 address, enter the  
address. Followed by a slash (/) and  
then "64". For details, consult your  
system administrator.  
Manual Gateway Address  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
DNS  
DNS Domain Name  
IPv4  
Specifies the domain name of the domain name server. Up to 255  
alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens can be used. If you  
need to specify more than one domain name, separate them using a  
comma or semicolon.  
Get DNS Server Address  
from DHCP  
Specifies if the printer receives the  
DNS server address automatically  
from the DHCP server.  
Manual DNS Server Address Sets the DNS server address.  
IPv6  
Get DNS Server Address  
from DHCPv6-lite  
Specifies if the printer receives the  
DNS server address automatically  
from the DHCPv6-lite server.  
Manual DNS Server Address Sets the DNS server address.  
Priority to IPv6 DNS Name Specifies whether to enable the DNS  
Resolution  
Name Resolution feature.  
LPD  
Connection Time-Out  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1000 seconds.  
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP Filter  
(IPv4) page.  
Port9100  
Port Number  
Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.  
Connection Time-Out  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1000 seconds.  
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP Filter  
(IPv4) page.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
103  
               
WSD  
Port Number  
Sets the port number. This must be 80 or between 8000 and 9999.  
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65535 seconds.  
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.  
Receive Time-Out  
Notification Time-Out  
Maximum Number of TTL Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.  
Maximum Number of  
Notification  
Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.  
HTTP  
Port Number  
Sets the port number. This must be 80 or between 8000 and 9999.  
Simultaneous Connections Displays the maximum number of connections received  
simultaneously by the client.  
Connection Time-Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.  
E-Mail Alert  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To configure settings for E-Mail Alert. This page can also be displayed by clicking E-Mail Alert in the left frame.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
E-Mail Server Settings  
Primary SMTP Gateway  
SMTP Port Number  
Sets the primary SMTP gateway.  
Specifies the SMTP port number. This must be 25, 587 or between  
5000 and 65535.  
E-Mail Send Authentication Specifies the authentication method for outgoing e-mail.  
SMTP Login Userꢀꢀ  
Specifies the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters,  
periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If  
specifying more than one address, separate them using commas.  
SMTP Login Password  
Specifies the SMTP account password using up to 31 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Re-enter SMTP Login  
Password  
Enter the SMTP account password again to confirm.  
1
POP3 Server Address*  
Specifies the POP3 server address in IP address format of  
"aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters.  
1
POP3 Port Number*  
Specifies the POP3 server port number. This must be 110 or  
between 5000 and 65535.  
1ꢀꢀ  
POP User Name*  
Specifies the POP3 account user name. Up to 63 alphanumeric  
characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can  
be used. If specifying more than one address, separate them using  
commas.  
1
POP User Password*  
Specifies the POP3 account password using up to 31 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Re-enter POP User  
Password*  
Enter the POP3 account password again to confirm.  
1
Reply Address  
Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each e-mail alert.  
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.  
SMTP Server Connection  
104  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
         
E-Mail Alert Settings  
E-Mail List 1  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the e-mail alert feature using  
up to 255 alphanumeric characters.  
Select Alerts for List 1  
Supplies Alertsꢀꢀ  
Paper Handling Alertsꢀꢀ  
Service Call  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for consumables.  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for paper handling.  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for service calls.  
E-Mail List 2  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the e-mail alert feature using  
up to 255 alphanumeric characters.  
Select Alerts for List 2  
Supplies Alertsꢀꢀ  
Paper Handling Alertsꢀꢀ  
Service Call  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for consumables.  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for paper handling.  
Specifies whether to receive an e-mail  
alert for service calls.  
1
*
This item is available only when POP before SMTP for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.  
Bonjour (mDNS)  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings for Bonjour.  
Values:  
Host Name  
Specifies the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash). The original setting will  
remain valid if nothing is entered.  
Printer Name  
Specifies the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol sets.  
SNMP  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.  
Values:  
Community Name  
Community Name (Read  
only)  
Specifies the community name to access (read only) data using up  
to 31 alphanumeric characters.  
*1  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered.  
Characters entered for community name in the previous settings  
will not be displayed on the screen. The default Read Community  
is public.  
Re-enter Community Name Enter the community name to access (read only) data again to  
*1  
(Read only)  
confirm.  
Community Name  
(Read/Write)  
Specifies the community name to access (read and write) data  
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.  
*1  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered.  
Characters entered for community name in the previous settings  
will not be displayed on the screen. The default Read/Write  
Community is private.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
105  
           
Re-enter Community Name Enter the community name to access (read and write) data again to  
*1  
(Read/Write)  
confirm.  
*1ꢀꢀ  
Community Name (Trap)  
Specifies the community name used for trap up to 31  
alphanumeric characters.  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered.  
Characters entered for community name in the previous settings  
will not be displayed on the screen. The default Trap Community is  
" " (NULL).  
Re-enter Community Name Enter the community name used for trap again to confirm.  
*1  
(Trap)  
Trap Notification 1-4  
Trap Address Typeꢀꢀ  
Select the trap address type from the list. Selecting Off clears the  
settings in Trap Address, Port Number, and Notify, and does not  
notify trap occurrence. Selecting IPv4 or IPv6 allows you to enter  
Trap Address.  
Trap Addressꢀꢀ  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the following format:  
• IPv4  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the  
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of "nnn" is a  
variable value between 0 and 255. Note that values 127 and 224•  
254 are not valid for the first three-digits only. The IP socket  
mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.  
• IPv6  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the  
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmmmm format. Each  
section of "xxxx" is a hexadecimal variable value between 0 and  
ffff. The IP socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and  
65535.  
Port Number  
Enter the SNMP trap destination port number.  
Specifies whether to notify trap occurrence.  
Specifies whether to notify Authenticate Error Trap.  
Notifyꢀꢀ  
Authenticate Error Trapꢀꢀ  
1
*
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
106  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
         
Wireless LAN  
Purpose:  
To configure wireless network settings.ꢀꢀ  
To connect the printer with a wireless network, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.  
Values:  
Wireless Settings  
Wireless LAN  
SSID  
Specifies whether to enable wireless connection.  
Specifies the name that identifies the wireless network using up to  
32 alphanumeric characters.  
Network Type  
MAC Address  
Specifies the network type from either Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure.  
Displays the MAC address of the wireless network setting of the  
printer.  
Link Channel  
Link Quality  
Encryption  
Displays the channel number of the wireless connection of the  
printer.  
Displays the quality of the wireless network connection of the  
printer.  
Security Settings  
Select the security method from the list.  
No Security  
Specifies No Security to configure  
the wireless setting without  
specifying a security method from  
WEP, WPA-PSK TKIP, WPA-PSK  
AES/WPA2-PSK AES, and Mixed  
Mode PSK.  
WEP  
Specifies the WEP to use through  
the wireless network.  
1
WPA-PSK TKIP*  
Specifies the WPA-PSK TKIP to use  
through the wireless network.  
WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK Specifies the WPA-PSK AES/WPA2•  
1
AES*  
PSK AES to use through the wireless  
network.  
Mixed Mode PSK  
Specifies the Mixed Mode PSK to  
use through the wireless network  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
107  
                               
WEP  
Encryption  
WEP Key 1  
Select the WEP key code from the list.  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption of  
Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Key 1  
WEP Key 2  
Enter the WEP key 1 again to confirm.  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption of  
Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Key 2  
WEP Key 3  
Enter the WEP key 2 again to confirm.  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption of  
Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Key 3  
WEP Key 4  
Enter the WEP key 3 again to confirm.  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption of  
Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Key 4  
Transmit Key  
Enter the WEP key 4 again to confirm.  
Specifies the transmit key type from the list.  
Specifies the passphrase.  
WPA-PSK  
Pass Phrase  
Re-enter Pass Phrase  
Enter the passphrase again to confirm.  
1
*
This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network Type.  
Reset Print Server  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for the network feature and reboot the printer. You can also initialize NVM  
of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings menu.  
Values:  
Initialize NIC NVRAM  
Click Start to initialize NVM. Network settings will revert to the factory default settings and  
Memory and restart printer. reboot the network capability.  
Restart Printer Click Start to reboot the printer.  
108  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
             
Security  
The Security tab contains the Set Password and IP Filter (IPv4) pages.  
Set Password  
Purpose:  
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer from the Dell Printerꢀꢀ  
Configuration Web Tool.ꢀꢀ  
This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: If you forgot your password, initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) to restore the password to the default (NULL). See  
"Reset Print Server" on page 108.  
NOTE: When you change the password to lock the operator panel, set the password from Panel Lock Set in the Printer Settings.  
Values:  
Administrator Password  
Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters. The password will appear as asterisks  
(*) in the field when it is entered.  
Re-enter Administrator  
Password  
Enter the password again to confirm.  
Access denial by the  
Sets the maximum number that the administrator fails to log in. If you set 0, this feature is  
authentication failure of the disabled. The failed attempts counter is reset to 0 by a successful authentication. Every  
Administrator  
administrator authentication is rejected if the counter exceeds the maximum number of failed  
login attempts.  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Purpose:  
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer.  
NOTE: This item is only available for LPD or Port9100.  
Values:  
Address  
Specifies the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a numeric value  
between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Address Mask  
Active Mode  
Specifies the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a numeric  
value between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Reject  
Rejects printing from specified network address.  
Permits printing from specified network address.  
Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP address.  
Permit  
Disabled  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
109  
             
Copy Printer Settings  
The Copy Printer Settings menu contains the Copy Printer Settings and Copy Printer Settings Report pages.  
Copy Printer Settings  
Purpose:  
To copy the printer settings to one or more printers of the same model.  
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of the printer to which the settings are  
copied in the IP Address text box and Password text box. Then, click Copy the settings to the Host in the above list.  
Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is 60 seconds. After that, you can check whether  
the settings were copied to this page. And you need to click Copy settings to the Host in the above list and reboot  
the machine of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to verify if the settings were  
actually copied or not.  
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings of only the common items are  
copied. Printer settings can be copied to 10 IP addresses of printers simultaneously.  
Copy Printer Settings Report  
Purpose:  
To verify the histories of copying.  
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.  
Print Volume  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
Use the Print Volume menu to verify the number of printed pages.ꢀꢀ  
Values:ꢀꢀ  
Printer Page Count  
Paper Used  
Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was shipped from the factory.  
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.  
110  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                 
13ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Tool Box Menusꢀꢀ  
The Tool Box allows you to view or specify the printer settings. You can also diagnose the printer settings by using ꢀ  
the Tool Box.ꢀꢀ  
The Tool Box consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance, and Diagnosis tabs.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the  
printer. In this case, enter the password you specified, and click OK to apply the settings.  
Starting the Tool Box  
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer →ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case,  
click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings  
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the Tool Box.  
To select a new value as a setting:  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.ꢀꢀ  
Select the desired menu item.ꢀꢀ  
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:ꢀꢀ  
•
•
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting  
A numerical value that can be changed  
An On or Off settingꢀꢀ  
4
Select the desired value, and then click the associated button with each menu item.ꢀꢀ  
Driver settings may have precedence over changes previously made and may require you to change the Tool Box  
defaults.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
111  
           
Printer Settings Report  
The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Printer Information, Menu Settings, Reports, and TCP/IP Settings  
pages.  
Printer Information  
Purpose:  
To display the information of your printer.  
Values:  
Dell Service Tag Number  
Express Service Code  
Printer Serial Number  
Printer Type  
Displays the service tag number of your printer.  
Displays the express service code of the printer.  
Displays the serial number of the printer.  
Displays the type of the printer.  
Asset Tag Number  
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.  
Displays the memory capacity.  
Memory Capacity  
Processor Speed  
Displays the processing speed.  
Firmware Version  
Displays the version of the controller.  
Network Firmware Version  
MCU Firmware Version  
Printing Speed (Color)  
Printing Speed (Monochrome)  
Displays the Network Interface Card (NIC) version.  
Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit (MCU) firmware.  
Displays the speed for color printing.  
Displays the speed for monochrome printing.  
Menu Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of your printer.  
Values:  
System Settings  
Power Saver Timer - Sleep  
Power Saver Timer - Deep Sleep  
Power Saver Timer - Auto-Off Timer  
Fault Time-Out  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters  
Sleep mode after it finishes a job.  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters  
Deep Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep mode.  
*1  
Displays the time it takes to automatically turn off the  
printer after the printer has entered the Deep Sleep mode.  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it cancels  
jobs that stop abnormally.  
Job Time-Out  
Displays the amount of time that the printer waits for data  
to arrive from the computer.  
Auto Log Print  
Displays whether to automatically print a job history  
report after every 10 jobs.  
mm/inch  
Displays the measurement unit used after the numeric  
value on the operator panel.  
Panel Language  
Displays the language used on the operator panel.  
Displays the default paper size.  
Default Print Paper Size  
112  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
         
Low Toner Alert Message  
Displays whether to show the alert message when the  
toner is low.  
Disable printing with larger paper sizeꢀꢀ Displays whether to disable printing if the paper size set in  
the printer driver and the paper size set in the tray of the  
printer does not match (the paper set in the tray is larger).  
Paper Density  
Adjust BTR  
Plainꢀꢀ  
Labelꢀꢀ  
Plain  
Displays the paper density of plain paper.  
Displays the paper density of labels.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for plain  
paper.  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for thick  
plain paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for  
recycled paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for cover  
paper.  
Coated  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for coated  
paper.  
Envelope  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for  
envelopes.  
Labelꢀꢀ  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for labels.  
Adjust Fusing Unit  
Plain  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
thick plain paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
recycled paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
cover paper.  
Coated  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
coated paper.  
Envelope  
Label  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
envelopes.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for  
labels.  
Auto Registration  
Adjustment  
Displays whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Adjust Altitude  
Non-Dell Toner  
Displays the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
Displays whether to use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
BTR Refresh Mode  
Displays whether to execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
1
*
Auto-Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
113  
Reports  
Purpose:  
To print the settings and history information of your printer.ꢀꢀ  
The reports are printed in the paper size specified in printer settings.ꢀꢀ  
Values:  
Printer Settings  
Device Settings  
Job History  
Click to print a detailed list of the printer settings.  
Click to print a detailed list of the device settings.  
Click to print the completed jobs history.  
Click to print the error history.  
Error History  
Color Test Page  
Click to print a color test page.  
TCP/IP Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) protocol.  
Values:  
IP Address Mode  
IP Address  
Displays the method for acquiring the IP address.  
Displays the IP address of your printer.  
Displays the subnet mask.  
Subnet Mask  
Gateway Address  
Displays the gateway address.  
Printer Maintenance  
The Printer Maintenance tab contains the System Settings, Paper Density, Adjust BTR, Adjust Fusing Unit, Color  
Registration Adjustment, Adjust Altitude, Reset Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, BTR Refresh Mode, TCP/IP Settings,  
and Network Settings pages.  
System Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure the power saving mode, time-out time, job log auto print, mm/inch setting, operator panel language  
setting, default paper size setting, and low toner alert message setting.  
Values:  
*1  
Sleep  
Available Range:  
5–30 minutes  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode after it  
finishes a job.  
Deep Sleep  
Auto-Off Timer  
Available Range:  
1–6 minutes  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep mode  
after it goes into Sleep mode.  
*2  
0: Off  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it automatically turns off  
after it has entered Deep Sleep mode.  
60–1440 minutes  
0: Off  
Fault Time-Out  
Disables the fault time-out.  
Available Range:  
3–300 seconds  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop  
abnormally. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
114  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
             
Job Time-Out  
0: Offꢀꢀ  
Disables the job time-out.  
Available Range:  
5–300 seconds  
Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from  
the computer. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
Auto Log Print  
mm/inch  
Offꢀꢀ  
Does not automatically print a job history report.  
Onꢀꢀ  
Automatically prints a job history report after every 10 jobs.  
millimeter (mm)ꢀꢀ  
inch (")  
Englishꢀꢀ  
French  
Specifies the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the  
operator panel.  
Panel Language  
Specifies the language to be used on the operator panel.  
German  
Italian  
Spanish  
Danish  
Dutch  
Norwegian  
Swedish  
Default Print Paper Size A4  
Letter  
On  
Specifies the default paper size.  
Low Toner Alert  
Message  
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.  
Does not show the alert message.  
Offꢀꢀ  
Disable printing with  
larger paper size  
Off  
Prints even if the paper set in the tray of the printer is larger than the  
paper size set in the printer driver (the paper size does not have to match).  
*3  
On  
Disables printing if the paper size set in the printer driver differs from the  
paper set in the tray of the printer (the paper set in the tray is larger).  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
1ꢀꢀ  
*
Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a job. This uses less energy, but requires more warm-  
up time for the printer. Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum  
warm-up time. Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a  
shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also  
return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
2
3
*
*
Auto-Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.ꢀꢀ  
Disable printing with larger paper size is available only in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool and the Tool Box.ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
115  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Normal  
Light  
Specifies the paper density of plain paper.  
Specifies the paper density of labels.  
Label  
Normal  
Light  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the  
changes.  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller (BTR). To decrease the voltage, set  
negative values. To increase, set positive values.ꢀꢀ  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to ꢀ  
increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Coated  
Envelope  
Label  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
116  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
                     
Adjust Fusing Unit  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To decrease the temperature, set  
negative values. To increase, set positive values.ꢀꢀ  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to ꢀ  
decrease the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Coated  
Envelope  
Label  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Available Range:  
-3 – +3  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
Color Registration Adjustment  
Purpose:  
To set Color Registration Adjustment (individual yellow, magenta, cyan correction) settings. When Auto  
Registration Adjustment is set to On, the printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration  
by using the chart. Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when  
the printer is moved to a different location.  
Values:  
Auto Registration  
Adjustment  
On  
Off  
Automatically adjusts color registration.  
Does not automatically adjust color registration.  
Click Start to automatically correct color registration.  
*1  
Auto Correct  
*1, *2  
Print Color Regi Chart  
Click Start to open the Print Color Regi Chart window, and then select the  
paper size and click OK to print a color registration chart.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
117  
                     
Registration  
Adjustments  
Y(Yellow)  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Specifies lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction)  
color adjustment values individually.  
*1  
M(Magenta)  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
C(Cyan)  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
LY(Left Yellow)  
LM(Left Magenta)  
LC(Left Cyan)  
RY(Right Yellow)  
RM(Right Magenta)  
RC(Right Cyan)  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Specifies process (paper feed direction) color  
adjustment values individually.  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Available Range:  
-5–+5  
Apply New Settings  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the  
changes.  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
*1ꢀꢀThis item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.  
*2ꢀꢀThe color registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On the chart, find the values on the right side that  
are next to the line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0, color registration is not needed. If  
the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the adjustment values under Registration Adjustments.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are  
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Values:  
0 meter  
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
1000 meters  
2000 meters  
3000 meters  
Apply New Settings  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
118  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
   
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After executing this function and rebooting the  
printer, all the menu parameters, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.  
For details, see "Resetting Defaults" on page 123.  
Values:  
Start  
Click to initialize the system parameters.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell™-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable, reduce print quality and decrease  
the reliability of your printer. Dell recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not provide  
warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart the printer.  
Values:  
Non-Dell Toner  
Off  
On  
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
BTR Refresh Mode  
Purpose:  
To execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Values:  
BTR Refresh Mode Off  
Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of  
the paper.  
On  
Automatically executes counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
Apply New Settings  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
119  
           
TCP/IP Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure TCP/IP settings.  
Values:  
IP Address Mode AutoIP  
DHCP  
Automatically sets the IP address.  
Uses DHCP to set the IP address.  
BOOTP  
Uses BOOTP to set the IP address.  
RARP  
Uses RARP to set the IP address.  
Manually Set  
Manually sets the IP address.  
IP Address  
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.  
Manually sets the subnet mask.  
Subnet Mask  
Gateway Address  
Apply New Settings  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
Network Settings  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To display the server settings of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: When the printer is connected to the USB port, this setting cannot be displayed.  
Values:  
Print Server  
Settings  
Display  
Off  
Click to display the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Display of Dell  
ConfigurationWeb  
Tool  
Turns off the display of the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool.  
On  
Turns on the display of the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool.  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, click Apply New Settings to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new settings  
Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes.  
120  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
       
Diagnosis  
The Diagnosis tab contains the Chart Print, Machine Check, Environment Sensor Info, Developer Stir Mode, and  
Refresh Mode pages.  
Chart Print  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Values:  
Paper Size  
A4  
Selects the paper size to print charts.  
Letter  
Ghost Configuration Chart  
4 Colors Configuration Chart  
Alignment Chart  
Click to print a chart to check for ghost printing.  
Click to print bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black with varying density.  
Click to print a chart, and then check for proper alignment of the print image on the  
paper.  
Drum Refresh Configuration Chart  
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum cartridge.  
Machine Check  
Purpose:  
To check the operation of the different components of the printer.  
Values:  
Machine Check  
Main Motor Operation Click Start to operate the main motor inside the printer. Confirm the motor  
Check  
sound.  
Feed Roll Operation  
Check  
Click Start to operate the feed roll. Confirm the motor sound.  
*1  
REGI CLUTCH  
Operation Check  
Click Start to operate the REGI CLUTCH. Confirm that you can hear the  
clutch clicking.  
Dispense Motor Check Click Start to operate the dispense motor for each toner cartridge. Confirm  
(Yellow)  
the motor sound.  
Dispense Motor Check  
(Magenta)  
Dispense Motor Check  
(Cyan)  
Dispense Motor Check  
(Black)  
Play of Sound  
Click to play back through speakers of your computer a recording of the  
normal sound for the currently selected Machine Check item.  
Start  
Click to check the operation of the item selected in Machine Check and  
display the results to Result.  
*1  
When you perform the feed roll operation check, remove the paper from the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
121  
         
Environment Sensor Info  
Purpose:ꢀꢀ  
To display the internal environment sensor information of the printer to Result.ꢀꢀ  
Get Environment Sensor Info  
Click to confirm the internal environment sensor information of the printer such as  
temperature and humidity.  
Developer Stir Mode  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
Values:  
Start  
Click to stir the toner.  
Refresh Mode  
Purpose:  
To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner  
cartridge.  
NOTE: Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner.  
Values:  
Yellow  
Magenta  
Cyan  
Click to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Click to clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.  
Click to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Click to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
Black  
122  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
           
Resetting Defaults  
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.  
The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset.  
•ꢀꢀ Network settings  
•ꢀꢀ Panel Lock settings and password  
•ꢀꢀ Login Error settings  
•ꢀꢀ USB Port settings  
1ꢀꢀ Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer →ꢀ  
Tool Box  
.
NOTE: For details about starting the Tool Box, see "Starting the Tool Box" on page 111.  
The Tool Box opens.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.ꢀꢀ  
Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.ꢀꢀ  
The Reset Defaults page is displayed.ꢀꢀ  
4
Click Start.ꢀꢀ  
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
123  
 
124  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
14ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
When your printer is configured as a network printer available to a number of users, the access to the Admin Menu  
menus can be limited. This prevents unauthorized users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change the  
default menu settings that has been set by the administrator. However, you can select settings for individual print  
jobs using the printer driver. Print settings selected from the printer driver have precedence over the default menu  
settings selected from the operator panel.  
Report/List  
Use the Report/Listmenu to print the settings and history information of your printer.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Report/Listmenu when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this  
case, enter the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
Printer Setting  
Purpose:  
To print a list of the information such as the printer name, service tag, the status of the printer, consumables, and  
the network settings.  
Device Settings  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.  
Job History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list contains the last 10 print jobs.  
Error History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.  
Color Test Page  
Purpose:  
To print a page for testing colors.  
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Report/Listappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until the desired report or list appears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
The selected report or list is printed.ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
125  
                               
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
Click the Printer Settings Report tab.ꢀꢀ  
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.ꢀꢀ  
The Reports page is displayed.ꢀꢀ  
4
Click the button for the desired report or list.ꢀꢀ  
The report or list is printed.ꢀꢀ  
Admin Menu  
Use the Admin Menumenu to configure a variety of printer features.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Admin Menumenu when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this  
case, enter the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
Network  
Use the Networkmenu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the wired or  
wireless network.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Ethernet (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
Purpose:  
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change takes effect after the printer is  
turned off and then on.  
Values:  
Auto*  
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.  
Uses 10base-T half-duplex.  
10Base Half  
10Base Full  
100Base Half  
100Base Full  
Uses 10base-T full-duplex.  
Uses 100base-TX half-duplex.  
Uses 100base-TX full-duplex.  
NOTE: This item is not displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wireless LANis set to Enable.  
126  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
           
Wireless LAN  
Purpose:  
To enable the wireless connection.  
Values:  
Enable  
Disable  
Enables the wireless connection.  
Disables the wireless connection.  
NOTE: For Dell C1760nw Color Printer, the factory default is Enable. For Dell C1660w Color Printer, the factory default is  
Disable.  
NOTE: When you use the USB connection and do not use the wireless connection, you need to disable the wireless LAN.  
Wireless Status  
Purpose:  
To display the information on the wireless signal strength. No changes can be made on the operator panel to improve  
the status of the wireless connection.  
Values:  
Good  
Indicates good signal strength.  
Acceptable  
Low  
Indicates marginal signal strength.  
Indicates insufficient signal strength.  
Indicates that no signal is received.  
No Reception  
NOTE: For Dell C1760nw Color Printer, this item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wireless LANis  
set to Enable.  
NOTE: For Dell C1660w Color Printer, this item is displayed only when Wireless LANis set to Enable.  
Wireless Setup  
Purpose:  
To configure the wireless network interface.  
Values:  
Select Access  
WEP Key  
Select the access point from the list.  
When you select an access point using WEP as the security method,  
enter the WEP key. For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters  
can be entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters can  
be entered.  
PassPhrase  
Entry  
When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or Mixed as the  
encryption type, enter the passphrase of 8 to 63 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
127  
     
Manual Setup  
Enter (SSID)  
Infrastructure  
Specify a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32  
alphanumeric characters can be entered.  
Select when you configure the wireless setting through the access  
point such as a wireless router.  
*
No Security  
Specify No Security to configure the wireless setting without  
specifying a security method from WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, and WPA2•  
PSK-AES.  
Mixed mode PSK Select to configure the wireless setting with the encryption type of  
Mixed mode PSK. Mixed mode PSK automatically selects the  
encryption type from either WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or  
WPA2-PSK-AES.  
PassPhrase  
Entry  
Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters  
from 8 to 63.  
WEP  
Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For 64bit  
keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys,  
up to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
*
Transmit Key  
Specifies the transmit key from Auto , WEP Key 1,  
WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.  
WPA-PSK-TKIP  
WPA2-PSK-AES  
Select to configure the wireless setting with the security method of  
WPA-PSK-TKIP.  
PassPhrase  
Entry  
Specify the pass phrase of alphanumeric characters  
from 8 to 63.  
Select to configure the wireless setting with the security method of  
WPA2-PSK-AES or WPA-PSK-AES.  
PassPhrase  
Entry  
Specify the pass phrase of alphanumeric characters  
from 8 to 63.  
Ad-hoc  
Select to configure the wireless setting without the access point such  
as a wireless router.  
*
No Security  
Specify No Security to configure the wireless setting without  
specifying the security method from WEP.  
WEP  
Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For 64bit  
keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys,  
up to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
*
Transmit Key  
Specifies the transmit key from WEP Key 1 , WEP  
Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.  
NOTE: For Dell C1760nw Color Printer, this item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wireless LANis  
set to Enable.  
128  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
WPS Setup  
Purpose:  
To configure the wireless network using WPS.  
Values:  
*1  
Push Btn. Ctrl  
PIN Code  
PBC Start  
Configures the wireless setting with the security method of WPS-PBC.  
Start Config.  
Configures the wireless setting using the PIN code assigned automatically  
by the printer.  
Print PIN Code  
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when you enter the PIN code to your  
computer.  
*1  
You can also start WPS-PBC by pressing and holding the  
(Wi-Fi | WPS) button.  
NOTE: WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK  
AES, WPA2-PSK AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)  
NOTE: For Dell C1760nw Color Printer, this item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wireless LANis  
set to Enable.  
NOTE: For Dell C1660w Color Printer, this item is displayed only when Wireless LANis set to Enable.  
Reset Wireless  
Purpose:  
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wireless network  
settings are reset to their default values.  
NOTE: For Dell C1760nw Color Printer, this item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wireless LANis  
set to Enable.  
NOTE: For Dell C1660w Color Printer, this item is displayed only when Wireless LANis set to Enable.  
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure TCP/IP settings. The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
IP Mode  
IPv4  
Dual Stack*  
IPv4 Mode  
IPv6 Mode  
Get IP Address AutoIP*  
BOOTP  
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.  
Automatically sets the IP address.  
Uses BOOTP to set the IP address.  
Uses RARP to set the IP address.  
RARP  
DHCP  
Uses DHCP to set the IP address.  
Panel  
Enables the IP address entered on the operator panel.  
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.  
Manually sets the subnet mask.  
IP Address  
Subnet Mask  
Gateway Address  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
129  
     
Protocol  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable each protocol. The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
LPD  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.  
Disables the LPD port.  
Port9100  
WSD  
Enables the Port9100 port.  
Disables the Port9100 port.  
Enables the Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.  
Disables the WSD port.  
SNMP UDP  
E-Mail Alert  
EWS  
Enables the UDP port.  
Disables the UDP port.  
Enables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Disables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Enables an access to Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer.  
Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer.  
Enables the Bonjour (mDNS).  
Bonjour (mDNS) Enable*  
Disable  
Disables the Bonjour (mDNS).  
IP Filter  
Purpose:  
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless network. You can set up to five IP  
addresses. The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
No. n/Address  
(n is 1-5.)  
Sets the IP address for Filter n.  
Sets the address mask for Filter n.  
No. n/Mask  
(n is 1-5.)  
No. n/Mode  
(n is 1-5.)  
Off*  
Disables the feature for Filter n.  
Accept  
Reject  
Accepts an access from the specified IP address.  
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.  
NOTE: This item is only available for LPDor Port9100.  
Reset LAN  
Purpose:  
To initialize network data stored in NVM (non-volatile memory). After executing this function and rebooting the  
printer, all network settings are reset to their default values.  
130  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
                   
USB Settings  
Use the USB Settingsmenu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
USB Port  
Purpose:  
To change the USB settings on your printer. The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enables the USB interface.  
Disables the USB interface.  
System Settings  
Use the System Settings menu to configure a variety of printer features.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
PowerSaver Time  
Purpose:  
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.  
Values:  
Sleep  
5min.*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode  
after it finishes a job.  
Available Range:  
5-30min.  
Deep Sleep  
Auto-Off Timer  
6min.*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep  
mode after it goes into Sleep mode.  
Available Range:  
1–6min.  
*1  
Off  
Disables the Auto-Off Timer.  
*
*
On  
180min.  
Specifies the time it takes to automatically turn off the printer after it  
has entered Deep Sleep mode.  
Available Range:  
60–1440min.  
*1  
Auto-Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
Enter 5 in Sleepto put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a job. This uses less energy, but  
requires more warm-up time for the printer. Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and  
you notice lights flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate  
with minimum warm-up time. Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance  
between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it receives data from the  
computer. You can also return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
If the Auto-Off Timer feature turns off the printer, the printer cannot be turned back on automatically. To turn the  
printer back on, physically turn the power switch of the printer to On.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
131  
           
Fault Time-Out  
Purpose:  
To specify the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally. The print job is cancelled if it  
times out.  
Values:  
On*  
Off  
60 sec.*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally.  
Disables the fault time-out.  
Available Range:  
3–300 sec.  
Job Time-out  
Purpose:  
To specify the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is cancelled  
if it times out.  
Values:  
On*  
Off  
30 sec.*  
Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.  
Disables the job time-out.  
Available Range:  
5–300 sec.  
mm/inch  
Purpose:  
To specify the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.  
Values:  
millimeter(mm)  
inch(")  
Specifies the default measurement unit.  
NOTE: The default for mm/inchvaries depending on country-specific factory default.  
Def. Paper Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the default paper size.  
Values:  
A4  
Letter  
NOTE: The default for Def. Paper Sizevaries depending on country-specific factory default.  
132  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
       
Auto Log Print  
Purpose:  
To automatically print a job history report after every 10 jobs.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not automatically print a job history report.  
Automatically prints a job history report.  
NOTE: The job history report can also be printed using the Report/Listmenu.  
Low Toner Msg  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to show the alert message when toner is low.  
Values:  
On*  
Off  
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.  
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.  
Power On Wizard (Dell C1660w Color Printer only)  
Purpose:  
To perform initial setup for the printer.  
Values:  
*
No  
Yes  
Does not perform the initial setup for the printer.  
Performs the initial setup for the printer.  
Maintenance  
Use the Maintenancemenu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory, configure the plain paper quality  
adjustment settings, and configure the security settings.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
F/W Version  
Purpose:  
To display the version of the controller.  
Service Tag  
Purpose:  
To display the service tag of the printer.  
Express Code  
Purpose:  
To display the express service code of the printer.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
133  
               
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Label  
Normal*  
Light  
Normal*  
Light  
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller (BTR). To decrease the voltage, set  
negative values. To increase the voltage, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to  
increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Label  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
134  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
                 
Adj. FusingUnit  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To decrease the temperature, set  
negative values. To increase the temperature, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to  
decrease the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Label  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
0*  
Available Range: -3 – +3  
Auto Reg Adj  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Values:  
On*  
Off  
Automatically adjusts color registration.  
Does not automatically adjust color registration.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
135  
                 
Color Reg Adj  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to manually adjust color registration.ꢀꢀ  
Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved ꢀ  
to a different location.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The Color Reg Adjfeature can be configured when Auto Reg Adjis set to Off.  
Values:  
Auto Correctꢀꢀ  
Automatically corrects color registration.  
ColorRegi Chartꢀꢀ  
Prints a color registration chart. The color registration chart prints a  
lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On the chart, find  
the values on the right side that are next to the line that is perfectly  
straight for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0, color  
registration is not needed. If the value for this line is any value other  
than 0, specify the adjustment values under Enter Number.  
*ꢀꢀ  
Enter Number  
Y
0
Specifies lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) color  
adjustment values individually for Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C  
(Cyan).  
Available Range: -5–+5  
*
M
0
Available Range: -5–+5  
*
C
0
Available Range: -5–+5  
*ꢀꢀ  
LY  
LM  
LC  
RY  
RM  
RC  
0
Specifies process (paper feed direction) color adjustment values  
individually for LY (Left Yellow), LM (Left Magenta), LC (Left  
Cyan), RY (Right Yellow), RM (Right Magenta) and RC (Right  
Cyan).  
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
*ꢀꢀ  
0
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
*ꢀꢀ  
0
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
*ꢀꢀ  
0
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
*ꢀꢀ  
0
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
*ꢀꢀ  
0
Available Range: -5–+5ꢀꢀ  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
136  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
   
Toner Refresh  
Purpose:  
To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner  
cartridge.  
Values:  
Yellow  
Magenta  
Cyan  
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.  
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
Black  
BTR Refresh  
Purpose:  
Specify whether to execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Values:  
*
Off  
On  
Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Automatically executes counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Values:  
Ghost  
Prints a chart to check for ghost printing.  
4Colors  
Prints bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black with varying density.  
Prints a chart, and then check for proper alignment of the print image on the paper.  
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum cartridge.  
Alignment  
Drum Refresh  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After executing this function and rebooting the printer,ꢀꢀ  
all the menu parameters, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.ꢀꢀ  
For details, see "Resetting Defaults" on page 141.ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
137  
       
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the  
reliability of your printer. Dell recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not provide warranty  
coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart the printer.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are  
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Values:  
0m*  
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
1000m  
2000m  
3000m  
Secure Settings  
Use the Secure Settingsmenu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items from being  
changed accidentally.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Panel Lock  
Panel Lock Set  
Purpose:  
To restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
For details see "Panel Lock Function" on page 140.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Does not restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
Restricts access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a password.  
Sets a password required to access Admin Menuand Report/List.  
New Password  
138  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
           
Re-enter  
Enters the new password again to confirm.  
*1  
Current Password  
Enter the current password to disable Panel Lock Set.  
*1  
Current Passwordis displayed only when changing the setting from Enableto Disable.  
Change Password  
Purpose:  
To change a password to limit access to the menus.  
Values:  
Current Password Enter the current password to change the password.  
New Password  
Re-enter  
Enter the new password.  
Enter the new password again to confirm.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when Panel Lock setis set to Enable.  
Login Error  
Purpose:  
To set the maximum number of failed login attempts before an administrator is denied access to Admin Menuand  
Report/List.  
Values:  
*
Off  
On  
Does not set the maximum number of failed login attempts.  
Sets the maximum number of failed login attempts.  
*
5times  
Available Range:  
1 - 10times  
NOTE: This item is available only when Panel Lock Setis set to Enable.  
S/W Download  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable download of firmware updates.  
Values:  
*
Enable  
Disable  
Enables firmware updates.  
Disables firmware updates.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
139  
     
Panel Language  
Purpose:  
To specify the language to be used on the operator panel.  
Values:  
English*  
Français  
Italiano  
Deutsch  
Español  
Dansk  
Nederlands  
Norsk  
Svenska  
Panel Lock Function  
This feature prevents unauthorized users from changing settings made by the administrator. However, you can select  
settings for individual print jobs using the printer driver.  
Enabling the Panel Lock  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Secure Settingsappears, and then press the  
Ensure that Panel Lock appears, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Panel Lock Setappears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Enableappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Enter the new password, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button  
.
NOTE: If you forget your password, turn off the printer. Then, while holding the (Menu) button, turn on the printer. Continue  
to hold the (Menu) button until New Passwordappears. Perform step 7 and 8. The display will briefly indicate the  
password has been changed.  
NOTE: If you change the password, perform steps 1 and 2. Enter the current password, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button. Enter the  
Perform steps 3 and 4. Press the  
button until Change Passwordappears, and then press the  
current password, and then press the  
(Set) button. Perform step 7 and 8. This will change the password.  
Disabling the Panel Lock  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Enter the password, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Secure Settingsappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Panel Lock appears, and then press the ꢀ (Set) button.  
140  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
             
6
7
8
Ensure that Panel Lock Setappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Disableappears, and then press the  
Enter the current password, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Resetting Defaults  
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.  
The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset.  
•
•
•
•
Network settings  
Panel Lock settings and password  
Login Error settings  
USB Port settings  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Admin Menumenu when Panel Lock Setis set to Enable. In this case,  
enter the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
1
Press the (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
4
5
6
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Reset Defaultsappears, and then press the  
Ensure that Are you sure?appears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
141  
 
142  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
15ꢀꢀ  
Print Media Guidelines  
Print media can be paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others. Your printer provides high-quality  
printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing  
troubles. This section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and loading the print media in  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) or Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI).  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
NOTE: PSI is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.  
Paper  
2
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m (20 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. For the best print quality in  
2
black and white, use 90 g/m (24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. Before buying large quantities of any print media,  
it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See  
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151 and "Loading Print Media in the Priority  
Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159 for detailed loading instructions.  
Paper Characteristics  
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is recommended that you follow these  
guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.  
Weight  
2
Both MPF and PSI automatically feed paper whose weights range from 60 to 163 g/m (16 to 44 lb bond) grain long.  
2
Paper lighter than 60 g/m (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best performance, use 75  
2
g/m (20 lb bond) grain long paper.  
Curl  
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl  
usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper  
unwrapped, even in the paper feeder, can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and cause feeding problems  
regardless of humidity. When printing on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the MPF or PSI.  
Smoothness  
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If the paper is too rough, the toner does not fuse to the  
paper properly, resulting in poor print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems.  
Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality.  
Moisture Content  
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper  
properly. Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper  
to moisture changes that can degrade its performance.  
Grain Direction  
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of  
2
the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper. For 60 to 135 g/m (16 to 36 lb bond) paper, grain long  
2
fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m (36 lb bond), grain short is preferred.  
Print Media Guidelines  
143  
                       
Fiber Content  
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood. Paper containing fibers such as  
cotton possess characteristics that can result in degraded paper handling.  
Recommended Paper  
2
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use dry 75 g/m (20 lb) xerographic paper. Business paper  
designed for general business use also provide acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high  
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser printing process heats paper  
to high temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is  
acceptable for laser printers.  
NOTE: Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of print media. When choosing any print media,  
you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.  
Unacceptable Paper  
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:  
•ꢀꢀ Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless paper, carbonlessꢀꢀ  
copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paperꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer  
•ꢀꢀ Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit  
•ꢀꢀ Preprinted paper that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such  
as optical character recognition (OCR) formsꢀꢀ  
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, thermal paper  
•ꢀꢀ Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper  
•ꢀꢀ Recycled paper containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309  
•ꢀꢀ Multiple-part forms or documents  
•ꢀꢀ Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc or acid paper.  
•ꢀꢀ Moist paper that may cause wrinkle  
Selecting Paper  
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.  
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:  
•ꢀꢀ Always use new, dry, and undamaged paper.  
•ꢀꢀ Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated  
on the paper package.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not remove the PSI while a job is printing.  
•ꢀꢀ Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the MPF or PSI.  
•ꢀꢀ Flex paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
144  
Print Media Guidelines  
                   
Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead  
When selecting preprinted media and letterhead paper for the printer:  
•ꢀꢀ Use grain long paper for best results.  
•ꢀꢀ Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.  
•ꢀꢀ Select paper that absorb ink, but do not bleed.  
•ꢀꢀ Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.  
•ꢀꢀ Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic copying machines. The ink must ꢀ  
withstand temperatures of 225°C (437°F) without melting or releasing hazardous emissions.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner or the silicone in the fusing unit. Inks that are oxidation-set or  
oil-based should meet these requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.  
Printing on Letterhead  
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre-printed letterhead you have selected is ꢀ  
acceptable for laser printers.ꢀꢀ  
Page orientation is important when printing on letterhead. Use the following illustration for help when loadingꢀꢀ  
letterhead in the print media sources.ꢀꢀ  
Loading Letterhead  
Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up. Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the  
printer first.  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)ꢀꢀ  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
Print Media Guidelines  
145  
           
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
Pre-punched paper brands can differ in the number and placement of holes and in manufacturing techniques.  
However, it may not be possible to print on the paper to depending on the placement of holes on the paper.  
To select and use pre-punched paper:  
•ꢀꢀ Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large quantities of pre-punched paper.  
•ꢀꢀ Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper already packaged in a ream. Drilled  
paper can cause jams when multiple sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.  
•ꢀꢀ Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your printer may require more frequent ꢀ  
cleaning and feed reliability may not be as good as standard paper.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.  
Envelopes  
Depending on the choice of envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of light wrinkling. Before buying large  
quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first. See "Loading Print Media in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151 or "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell  
C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159 for instructions on loading an envelope.  
When printing on envelopes:  
•ꢀꢀ Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.  
•ꢀꢀ Set the print media source to MPF or PSI. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct size of envelope  
from the printer driver.  
2
2
•ꢀꢀ For best performance, use envelopes made from 75 g/m (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m (28 lb ꢀ  
bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25% or less. Envelopes with 100% cotton ꢀ  
2
content must not exceed 90 g/m (24 lb bond) weight.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.  
•ꢀꢀ Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205°C (401°F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or  
releasing hazardous emissions. If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the  
envelope supplier.  
•ꢀꢀ Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.  
•ꢀꢀ To load envelope in MPF or PSI, the print side must be facing up.  
•ꢀꢀ See "Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 156 or "Loading an Envelope in the Priority  
Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 161 for instructions on loading an envelope.  
•ꢀꢀ Use one envelope size during a print job.  
•ꢀꢀ Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60%) and the high printing temperatures may  
seal the envelopes.  
•ꢀꢀ For best performance, do not use envelopes that:  
–ꢀꢀ Have excessive curl or twist  
–ꢀꢀ Are stuck together or damaged in any way  
–ꢀꢀ Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, embossing  
–ꢀꢀ Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars  
–ꢀꢀ Have an interlocking design  
–ꢀꢀ Have postage stamps attached  
–ꢀꢀ Have nicked edges or bent corners  
146  
Print Media Guidelines  
       
–ꢀꢀ Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes  
Labels  
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.  
When selecting labels:  
•ꢀꢀ Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 205°C ꢀ  
(401°F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi).ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.  
CAUTION: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
When printing on labels:  
•ꢀꢀ Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205°C (401°F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or ꢀ  
releasing hazardous emissions.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Set the paper type to Label from the printer driver.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or between die-cuts of theꢀꢀ  
label.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Do not print a label through the printer more than once.  
•ꢀꢀ Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.  
•ꢀꢀ Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is recommended that zone coating of the ꢀ  
adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04 inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and ꢀ  
could void your warranty.ꢀꢀ  
WARNING: Otherwise a jam occurs in the printer and contaminate your printer and your cartridges with adhesive. As a result,  
could void your printer and cartridge warranties.  
Storing Print Media  
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines help avoid media feeding problems and uneven print  
quality.  
•ꢀꢀ For best results, store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21°C (70°F) and the  
relative humidity is 40%.  
•ꢀꢀ Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.  
•ꢀꢀ If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so  
that the edges do not buckle or curl.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Print Media Guidelines  
147  
         
Identifying Print Media and Specifications  
This section provides information on supported paper sizes, types, and specification.  
Supported Paper Sizes  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Y
Y
Y
A4 (210x297 mm)  
B5 (182x257 mm)  
Y
A5 (148x210 mm)  
Y
C5 (162x229 mm)  
Y
Y*4  
Monarch (3.875x7.5 in)  
Monarch LEF (7.5x3.875 in)*  
Envelope #10 (4.125x9.5 in)  
DL (110x220 mm)  
1ꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Y
Y
Y
Y*4  
1ꢀꢀ  
DL LEF (220x110 mm)*  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Yꢀꢀ  
Y
Y
Letter (8.5x11 in)  
Legal (8.5x14 in)  
Y
Y
Folio (8.5x13 in)  
Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in)  
2 3ꢀꢀ  
Y
Custom* *  
1ꢀꢀ  
*
You can place the originals in a long-edge feed direction or in a short-edge feed direction. The following illustration shows SEF and LEF.  
The arrow mark in the illustration shows the orientation of the paper loading.  
NOTE: Not available when the XML Paper Specification (XPS) Printer Driver is used.  
2
*
Custom width: 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.50 inches)  
The maximum width for envelope (DL LEF): 220 mm (8.66 inches)  
Custom length: 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
The maximum length for envelope (Monarch LEF): 98.4 mm (3.87 inches)  
3
4
*
*
Only the administrator user can set the custom size from the printer driver.  
Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops. Otherwise, print media that is loaded on the MPF will be fed.  
SEFꢀꢀ  
LEFꢀꢀ  
148  
Print Media Guidelines  
                                   
Supported Paper Types  
Media  
Plain  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
Y*  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y*  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Plain Side 2  
Plain Thick  
Plain Thick Side 2  
Recycled  
Recycled Side 2  
Label  
Covers  
Covers Side 2  
Envelope  
Coated  
Coated Side 2  
* Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Paper Type Specifications  
Paper type  
Weight (gsm)  
Remarks  
Plain Paper  
60–90  
91–105  
106–163  
106–163  
-
-
-
-
Plain Thick Paper  
Covers  
Coated  
Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.  
Label  
Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.  
Envelopes  
Recycled  
-
-
-
60–105  
Print Media Guidelines  
149  
       
150  
Print Media Guidelines  
16ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media  
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.ꢀꢀ  
Before loading print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This information is usually onꢀꢀ  
the print media package.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
NOTE: Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.  
Capacity  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) can hold:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
150 sheets of standard paper  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of thick paper  
One sheet of coated paper  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of post cards  
Five envelopes  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of labels  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) can hold:  
10 sheets of standard paper or one sheet of other paper  
•
Print Media Dimensions  
Both MPF and PSI accept print media within the following dimensions:  
•
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.50 inches)  
Length — 127.0 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
NOTE: PSI is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.  
1
Open the front cover.  
Loading Print Media  
151  
               
2
Pull the PSI out.  
3
Pull the length guide forward until it stops.  
4
Pull the MPF extension forward until it stops.  
152  
Loading Print Media  
5
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum.  
6
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack  
on a level surface.  
7
Load print media on the MPF with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.  
Loading Print Media  
153  
8
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.  
9
Slide the length guide towards the printer until it touches the print media.  
NOTE: Depending on the size of print media, first slide the length guide backward until it stops, and then slide the MPF  
extension until it touches print media.  
154  
Loading Print Media  
10 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper tray.  
Loading Print Media  
155  
Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
NOTE: When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the printer driver. If not specified, the print  
image will be rotated 180 degrees.  
When Loading Envelope #10, DL, or Monarch  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing down, and the flap turned to the right.  
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to be loaded with the print-side facing up,  
flap opened, and facing you.  
156  
Loading Print Media  
       
When Loading C5  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, with the flap open.  
CAUTION: Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the  
printer.  
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid  
jams, flatten them as shown below when loading them in the MPF.  
Loading Print Media  
157  
 
NOTE: If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following  
illustration.ꢀꢀ  
The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm (0.20 inches) or less.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes, see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper  
Setup Navigator on the printer driver.  
Loading Letterhead  
Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up. Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the  
printer first.  
158  
Loading Print Media  
   
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw  
Color Printer only)  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the PSI while printing is in progress.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.ꢀꢀ  
1
Open the front cover.  
2
Slide the PSI forward, and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper tray.  
3
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum.  
Loading Print Media  
159  
     
4
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack  
on a level surface.  
5
Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.  
6
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.  
7
Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper. If a  
user-specified print media is loaded in the PSI, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver.  
160  
Loading Print Media  
Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
NOTE: Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops. Otherwise, print media that is loaded on the MPF will be fed.  
NOTE: When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the printer driver. If not specified, the print  
image will be rotated 180 degrees.  
When Loading Envelope #10, DL, or Monarch  
Load an envelope with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing down, and the flap turned to the right.  
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to be loaded with the print-side facing up,  
flap opened, and facing you.  
Loading Print Media  
161  
     
When Loading C5  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, with the flap open.  
CAUTION: Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the  
printer.  
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the PSI right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid  
jams, flatten them as shown below when loading them in the PSI.  
162  
Loading Print Media  
NOTE: If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following  
illustration.ꢀꢀ  
The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm (0.20 inches) or less.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes, see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper  
Setup Navigator on the printer driver.  
Loading Letterhead  
Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up. Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the  
printer first.  
Loading Print Media  
163  
   
Loading Print Media When Manual Duplex Printing  
NOTE: When printing on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the feeder.  
When you start manual duplex printing, the instruction window appears. Note that the window cannot be reopened ꢀ  
once it is closed. Do not close the window until duplex printing is complete.ꢀꢀ  
Manual duplex printing can be done using the MPF or PSI.ꢀꢀ  
When Using the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
1
First print the even pages (rear sides).  
For a six page document, rear sides are printed in the order of page 6, page 4, then page 2.  
The orange LED lights and the message appears on the operator panel when the even pages finish printing.  
2
After the even pages are printed, remove the paper stack from the output tray and set them as they are (with the  
blank side facing up) into the MPF.  
NOTE: Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them before setting them.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of papers.ꢀꢀ  
3
Ensure that Insert Output into paper trayappears, and then press the  
the order page 1 (rear of page 2), page 3 (rear of page 4), then page 5 (rear of page 6).  
(Set) button. Print pages in  
164  
Loading Print Media  
     
When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
1
First print the even pages (rear sides).ꢀꢀ  
For a six page document, rear sides are printed in the order of page 6, page 4, then page 2.ꢀꢀ  
The orange LED lights and the message appears on the operator panel when the even pages finish printing.ꢀꢀ  
2
After the even pages are printed, remove the paper stack from the output tray and set them as they are (with the  
blank side facing up) into the PSI.  
NOTE: Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them before setting them.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of papers.ꢀꢀ  
3
Ensure that Insert Output into paper trayappears, and then press the  
the order page 1 (rear of page 2), page 3 (rear of page 4), then page 5 (rear of page 6).  
(Set) button. Print pages in  
Loading Print Media  
165  
 
Using the Output Tray Extension  
The output tray extension is designed to prevent print media from falling from the printer after the print job is ꢀ  
complete.ꢀꢀ  
Before printing a document, ensure that the output tray extension is fully extended.ꢀꢀ  
166  
Loading Print Media  
   
Printing  
17 Printing........................................................................................ 169ꢀꢀ  
167  
 
168ꢀꢀ  
17ꢀꢀ  
Printingꢀꢀ  
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain lists of information from your printer, and how to cancel a  
job.  
Tips for Successful Printing  
Tips on Storing Print Media  
Store your print media properly. For more information, see "Storing Print Media" on page 187.  
Avoiding Paper Jams  
NOTE: It is recommended that you try a limited sample of any print media you are considering using with the printer before  
purchasing large quantities.  
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid paper jams. See the following instructions  
on loading print media:  
•
•
•
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151  
"Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159  
"Avoiding Jams" on page 201  
If you experience a jam, see "Jam" on page 223 for instructions.  
Sending a Job to Print  
To support all of the printer features, use the printer driver. When you choose Print from an application, a window  
representing the printer driver opens. Select the appropriate settings for the specific job you are sending to print.  
Print settings selected from the driver have precedence over the default menu settings selected from the operator  
panel or Tool Box.  
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the available system settings you can  
change. If you are not familiar with a feature in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more  
information.  
®
®
To print a job from a typical Microsoft Windows application:  
1
2
3
Open the file you want to print.  
From the File menu, select Print  
.
Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the system settings as needed (such as the pages  
you want to print or the number of copies).ꢀꢀ  
4
5
Click Preferences to adjust system settings not available from the first screen, and then click OK. ꢀ  
Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.ꢀꢀ  
Printing  
169  
                 
Canceling a Print Job  
There are several methods for canceling a print job.  
Canceling From the Operator Panel  
To cancel a job after it has started printing:  
1
Press the  
(Cancel) button.  
NOTE: Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will continue to print.  
Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows  
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar  
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the right corner of the taskbar.  
1
Double-click the printer icon.  
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
2
3
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press <Delete> on the keyboard.  
Canceling a Job From the Desktop  
1
Minimize all programs to reveal the desktop.  
Click Start →ꢀDevices and Printers (for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2).  
Click Start Printers and Faxes (for Windows XP)  
®
→
.
®
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀPrinters (for Windows Vista ).  
Click Start →ꢀControl Panel →ꢀPrinters (for Windows Server 2008).  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware and Sound →ꢀ  
Devices and Printers (for Windows 8).  
Right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel →ꢀHardware →ꢀ  
Devices and Printers (for Windows Server 2012).  
A list of available printers appears.  
2
3
Right-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print, and then select See what's printing  
Select the printer driver.  
.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
4
5
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press <Delete> on the keyboard.  
Printing a Report Page  
By using the Report/Listmenu, you can print a various of settings for your printer including printer settings. For  
details about how to print reports or lists, see "Report/List" on page 125.  
170  
Printing  
             
Know Your Printer  
18 Understanding Your Printer Software ................................... 173ꢀꢀ  
19 Understanding Printer Messages .......................................... 177ꢀꢀ  
20 Specifications............................................................................ 181ꢀꢀ  
171  
 
172ꢀꢀ  
18ꢀꢀ  
Understanding Your Printer Softwareꢀꢀ  
Use the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer to install a combination of software  
programs, depending on your operating system.  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
®
Windows  
Printer Status Window  
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs, for example, when a paper ꢀ  
jam occurs or toner is running low.ꢀꢀ  
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs. When an error occurs, the error message ꢀ  
appears on the Printer Status window. You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing inꢀꢀ  
Printing Status Window Properties.ꢀꢀ  
You can also check the toner level of your printer.ꢀꢀ  
Status Monitor Console  
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status Window for a particular printer.  
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to open a Status Window for a  
particular printer.  
Dell Supplies Management System  
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All Programs menu or the desktop icon.  
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.  
1ꢀꢀ Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀAdditional Color Laser Software →ꢀDell Supplies Management  
System  
.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
2
Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
3ꢀꢀ If you are ordering from the web:ꢀꢀ  
a
b
Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list.ꢀꢀ  
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site.ꢀꢀ  
Dell C1760nw Color Printer/Dell C1660w Color Printer - Dell Supplies Management System window  
appears.  
c
Enter the Service Tag, and then click OK.  
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
173  
                   
Quick Launch Utility  
Using the Quick Launch Utility window, you can open Status Window, Tool Box, and Troubleshooting.ꢀꢀ  
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility when you install the Dell software.ꢀꢀ  
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:ꢀꢀ  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀAdditional Color Laser Software →ꢀQuick Launch Utility.  
The Quick Launch Utility dialog box opens.  
2
The Quick Launch Utility window provides three buttons; Status Window  
To exit, click at the top-right of the window.ꢀꢀ  
For details, click Help of each application.ꢀꢀ  
,
Tool Box, and Troubleshooting.ꢀꢀ  
X
Status Window  
Tool Box  
Click to open the Printing Status window. See "Printer Status Window" on page 173.  
Click to open the Tool Box. See "Understanding the Tool Box Menus" on page 111.  
Click to open the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows you to resolve issues by yourself.  
*1  
Troubleshooting  
1
*
Troubleshooting Guide is the Portable Document Format (PDF) file. This item needs software to view the document.  
Macintosh  
Status Monitor Widget  
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer through the exchange of  
information between the Macintosh and the printer.  
To open the Status Monitor Widget:  
1
Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.  
2
3
Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.ꢀꢀ  
Click the icon of Status Monitor in the Widget Bar. The Printer Status window appears.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: If Select a printer. is displayed, select your printer in Preferences.  
174  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
         
Status Monitor window appears.  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
3ꢀ  
4ꢀ  
1ꢀꢀ Printer Status Message Area  
Displays a message of the current printer status.  
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be  
specified in Preferences. Also, the printer status is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.  
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, Cannot get printer information is displayed.  
NOTE: When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status of the printer during a print job.  
Printer Status Image Area  
2
Displays the image of printer condition.  
•ꢀꢀ Estimated Toner Level imageꢀꢀ  
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is functioning properly.ꢀꢀ  
Less than 29%  
Less than 9%  
Unknown  
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the Unknown toner image is displayed.  
•ꢀꢀ Printer error image  
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.  
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
175  
3
Info (i) buttonꢀꢀ  
Click this button to open Preferences.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The Info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the Status Monitor  
window.  
Printer  
Displays a list of available printer names in the drop-down list. The first printer displayed in  
this list is set as default.  
Status Update Interval  
You can update the interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to obtain the printer  
information every 10 seconds. The range varies between 0 and 600.  
SNMP Community Name You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community name if  
using default community name (public). Up to 31 characters can be entered.  
Service Tag button  
done button  
Click Get Tag to obtain the service tag.  
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.  
4
Order Supplies buttonꢀꢀ  
Click this button to display the Order window. ꢀ  
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by telephone or from the web site.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: The Order window automatically appears when low toner is detected.  
Order Online  
Select a web address from the drop-down list and click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering  
web site. hyperlink to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.  
Order By Phone  
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell printer supplies.  
Dell and the Environment Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.  
176  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
19ꢀꢀ  
Understanding Printer Messages  
The printer operator panel displays messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates possible printer  
problems you must resolve. This chapter describes messages, their meanings, and how to clear them.  
CAUTION: When an error code is displayed, the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated in the  
memory of the printer are not secured.  
Error-Code  
001-360ꢀꢀ  
003-340  
003-356  
006-370  
007-340  
007-371  
009-654  
010-354  
010-377  
016-302  
016-313  
016-315  
016-317  
016-324  
016-338  
016-340  
016-344  
016-345  
016-346  
016-347  
016-370  
016-383  
016-384  
016-385  
016-386  
016-387  
016-391  
016-392ꢀꢀ  
016-393  
016-394  
016-700ꢀꢀ  
016-720  
What you can do  
Turn off the printer, and then on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact Dell™. See "Contacting  
Dell" on page 230.  
Press the  
(Set) button. Contact Dell if this message appears repeatedly. See "Contacting Dell" on page 230.  
Turn off the printer, and then on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell"  
on page 230.  
Press the  
(Set) button to cancel the current print job. See "Canceling a Print Job" on page 170.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
177  
     
Error-Code  
What you can do  
016-746  
Press the  
(Set) button. Enable S/W Downloadand execute the operation again according to the  
operation procedure. See "Secure Settings" on page 138.  
016-799  
016-920  
016-921  
016-922  
Press the  
Press the  
(Set) button to cancel the current print job. See "Canceling a Print Job" on page 170.  
(Set) button. Execute the operation again according to the operation procedure.  
Press the  
(Set) button. Check that no other wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router is setting up  
®
wireless connection with WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup -Push Button Configuration), and execute the  
operation again according to the operation procedure.  
016-923  
016-924  
024-360  
024-914  
024-969  
Press the  
(Set) button. Check the passphrase for the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router and  
execute the operation again according to the operation procedure.  
Press the (Set) button. Check the WEP key for the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router and  
execute the operation again according to the operation procedure.  
Turn off the printer, and then on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell"  
on page 230.  
Load the specified paper. See "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151 or  
"Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159.  
• Load the appropriate paper. See "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151 or  
"Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159.  
• For Dell C1660w Color Printer:  
If there are paper loaded in the MPF and this error is displayed, paper may be jammed. Check and clear the  
paper path, load the specified paper, and then press the  
Front of the Printer" on page 203.  
(Set) button. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the  
027-452  
027-446  
075-100  
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and then on again.  
Check and clear the paper path, load the specified paper, and then press the  
Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer" on page 203.  
(Set) button. See "Clearing  
075-921  
Load paper for the second side (odd) pages, and press the  
Manual Duplex Printing" on page 164.  
(Set) button. See "Loading Print Media When  
077-100  
077-101  
077-102  
077-104  
077-105  
077-300  
077-900  
077-901  
092-310  
092-910  
093-423  
093-424  
093-425  
093-426  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 201.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer" on page 204.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 201.  
Close the rear cover.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray" on page 206.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 201.  
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on page 195.  
Replace the specified toner cartridge soon. Order a new consumable from www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Removing the Toner Cartridges" on page 188.  
178  
Understanding Printer Messages  
Error-Codeꢀꢀ  
093-919  
093-920  
093-921  
093-922  
093-930ꢀꢀ  
093-931  
093-932  
093-933  
093-940  
093-941  
093-942  
093-943  
093-960ꢀꢀ  
093-961  
093-962  
093-963  
093-970  
093-971  
093-972  
093-973  
093-974  
116-399ꢀꢀ  
124-333  
191-310  
193-700  
What you can do  
Re-install or replace the specified toner cartridge. See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 188.  
Remove the specified toner cartridge and install a new one. If you do not replace the toner cartridge, print  
quality problems may occur. Order a new consumable from www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 188.  
Re-install the specified toner cartridge. See "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on page 190.  
Replace the specified toner cartridge with the supported one. Order a new consumable from  
www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 188.  
Re-install the specified toner cartridge. See "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on page 190.  
Turn off the printer, and then on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell"  
on page 230.  
This message indicates the printer is in the non-Dell toner mode.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
179  
180  
Understanding Printer Messages  
20ꢀꢀ  
Specifications  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
Operating System Compatibility  
®
®
Your Dell C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer is compatible with Microsoft Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit  
®
Edition, Windows Vista , Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8,  
®
Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008,  
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012, Mac OS X Version 10.4.11,  
10.5, 10.6, and 10.7.  
Power Supply  
Rated Voltage  
Frequency  
Current  
220-240 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
5.0 A  
110-127 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
11.0 A  
Dimensions  
Height: 225 mm (8.9 inches) Width: 394 mm (15.5 inches) Depth: 300 mm (11.8 inches)  
Weight (including toner cartridges):  
•
•
Dell C1760nw Color Printer: 10.6 kg (23.4 lb)  
Dell C1660w Color Printer: 10.5 kg (23.2 lb)  
Memory  
Base memory  
128 MB  
Specifications  
181  
                             
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and  
Interface  
PDL/Emulations  
OSes  
Host-based printing system  
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7,  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows  
Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server  
2008 R2, Windows Server 2012, Mac OS X Version 10.4.11, 10.5, 10.6, and 10.7.  
Interfaces  
Standard local:  
USB 2.0  
Standard network:  
10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/ 802.11n(Wireless)  
MIB Compatibility  
A Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information about network devices (such as  
adapters, bridges, routers, or computers). This information helps network administrators manage the network  
(analyze performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell C1760nw/C1660w Color Printer complies with standard  
industry MIB specifications, allowing the printer to be recognized and managed by various printer and network  
management software systems.  
Environment  
Operation  
Temperature  
10-32°C  
Relative humidity  
10-85% RH (no condensation)  
Print Quality Guarantee  
Temperature  
15-28°C  
Relative humidity  
20-70% RH (no condensation)  
Storage  
Temperature range  
-20-40°C  
Storage humidity range  
5-85% RH (no condensation)  
Altitude  
Operating  
Storage  
Up to 3,100 m (10,000 feet)  
70.9275 Kpa  
182  
Specifications  
                             
Cables  
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:  
Connection type  
Connection specifications and symbols  
1
2
USB  
USB 2.0  
Ethernet  
(Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)  
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
Specifications  
183  
           
184ꢀꢀ Specifications  
Maintaining Your Printer  
21 Maintaining Your Printer.......................................................... 187ꢀꢀ  
22 Clearing Jams............................................................................ 201ꢀꢀ  
185  
 
186ꢀꢀ  
21ꢀꢀ  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Periodically, your printer requires you to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality. If several people  
are using the printer, you may want to designate a key operator to maintain your printer. Refer printing problems and  
maintenance tasks to this key operator.  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
Determining the Status of Supplies  
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool can provide instant feedback  
on remaining toner levels. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser to view this information. To use  
the E-Mail Alert feature that notifies you when the printer requires new supplies, type your name or the name of the  
key operator in the e-mail list box.  
On the operator panel, you can also confirm the following:  
•ꢀꢀ Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However, the printer can only display ꢀ  
information about one item at a time).ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.  
Conserving Supplies  
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner cartridge and paper.  
Supply  
Setting  
Function  
Toner cartridge  
Toner Saver in the  
This drop-down menu allows the users to select a print mode that uses less toner.  
Others tab of the printer When this feature is used, the image quality will be lower than when it is not  
driver  
used.  
Print media  
Multiple Up in the  
The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet. The available  
Layout tab of the printer numbers that each printer driver can print one sheet of paper are as follows:  
driver  
®
®
• Printer driver for Microsoft Windows : 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 pages  
• Printer driver for Macintosh: 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16 pages  
Combined with the duplex setting, Multiple Up allows you to print up to 64  
pages on one sheet of paper. (32 images on the front and 32 on the back)  
Storing Print Media  
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, you need to consider the following points:  
•ꢀꢀ To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment where the temperature is ꢀ  
approximately 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40%.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.  
•ꢀꢀ If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so  
the edges do not buckle or curl.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
187  
                     
Storing Consumables  
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do not store consumables in:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F).  
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.  
Direct sunlight.  
Dusty places.  
A car for a long period of time.  
An environment where corrosive gases are present.  
An environment with salty air.  
Replacing Toner Cartridges  
WARNING: Before replacing toner cartridges, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important Information.  
Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order more cartridges online at  
http://www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. To order by phone, see "Contacting Dell" on page 230.  
It is recommended that you use Dell toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not provide warranty coverage for  
problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
WARNING: Never throw used toner cartridges into fire. The residual toner could explode resulting in burns and injuries.  
WARNING: Do not shake the used toner cartridge to avoid spilling of toner.  
Removing the Toner Cartridges  
1
Open the toner access cover.  
188  
Maintaining Your Printer  
           
2
Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.  
WARNING: Always pull the cartridge out slowly so that you do not spill any toner.  
3
Pull the toner cartridge out.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
189  
Installing a Toner Cartridge  
1
Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color and shake it five to six times to distribute the toner evenly.  
NOTE: Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle before replacing it.  
NOTE: Handle the toner cartridge carefully to avoid spillage of the toner.  
Remove the tape from the toner cartridge.  
2
190  
Maintaining Your Printer  
     
3
Adjust the toner cartridge to the associated cartridge holder, and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of  
the label until the cartridge clicks.  
4
Close the toner access cover.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
191  
Cleaning Inside the Printer  
WARNING: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet  
before performing maintenance.  
1
Confirm that the printer is not in operation, and open the toner access cover.  
2
Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.  
3
Pull the toner cartridge out.  
4
Pull the other three cartridges out as well.  
192  
Maintaining Your Printer  
     
5
Pull the cleaning rod out.  
6
Insert the cleaning rod fully into the hole beside the arrow on the printer until its tip reaches the interior of the  
printer as illustrated below, and then pull it out.  
7
8
Repeat the same procedure for the other three holes.  
Insert the cleaning rod back to its original location.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
193  
9
Replace the black cartridge by adjusting it to the associated cartridge holder, and then insert it firmly by pressing  
near the center of the label until the cartridge clicks.  
10 Replace the other three cartridges as well.  
11 Close the toner access cover.  
194  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor  
Clean the CTD sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or operator panel.  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off.  
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
3
4
5
Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.  
Close the rear cover.  
Turn on the printer.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
195  
     
Adjusting Color Registration  
This section describes how to adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving it to a  
new location.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Admin Menumenu when Panel Lock Setis set to Enable. In this case,  
enter the password you specified, and press the  
(Set) button.  
Performing Auto Correct  
Auto Correctallows you to correct the color registration automatically.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the  
(Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Auto Correctappears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Ensure that Are you sure?appears, and then press theꢀꢀ (Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Auto correct is performed.ꢀꢀ  
The Tool Box  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.ꢀꢀ  
Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.ꢀꢀ  
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.ꢀꢀ  
4
5
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start next to Auto Correct.ꢀꢀ  
The color registration is corrected automatically.ꢀꢀ  
Printing the Color Registration Chart  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Load paper. For details about loading paper, see "Loading Print Media" on page 151.  
Press the (Menu) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
Press the ꢀ button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
Press the ꢀ button until Color Regi Chartappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.ꢀꢀ  
The color registration chart is printed.ꢀꢀ  
196  
Maintaining Your Printer  
           
The Tool Box  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.ꢀꢀ  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.ꢀꢀ  
Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.ꢀꢀ  
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.ꢀꢀ  
4
5
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment.ꢀꢀ  
Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart.ꢀꢀ  
The color registration chart is printed.ꢀꢀ  
Determining Values  
On the color registration chart printed, find the straightest lines where the two black lines and the colored line are ꢀ  
most closely aligned for each color (Y, M, and C).ꢀꢀ  
If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-5–+5) indicated by the straightest line for each color.ꢀꢀ  
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color registration.ꢀꢀ  
When the value is not 0, enter the value according to the procedure in "Entering Values" on page 198.ꢀꢀ  
Maintaining Your Printer  
197  
   
Entering Values  
The Operator Panel  
Using the operator panel, enter the values that you found in the color registration chart to make adjustments.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Load paper. For details about loading paper, see "Loading Print Media" on page 151.  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
button until Enter Numberappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that Enter (Y, M, C)appears, and then press the  
or  
button until you reach the value (for  
example, +3) displayed on the chart.  
8
9
Press the  
button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
Repeat steps 7 and 8 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
10 Ensure that Enter (LY, LM, LC)appears.  
11 Press the  
or  
button until you reach the value (for example, +3) displayed on the chart.  
12 Press the  
button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
13 Repeat steps 11 and 12 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
14 Ensure that Enter (RY, RM, RC)appears.  
15 Press the  
or  
button until you reach the value (for example, +3) displayed on the chart.  
16 Press the  
button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
17 Repeat steps 15 and 16 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
18 Press the  
19 Press the  
20 Press the  
21 Press the  
22 Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Color Regi Chartappears, and then press the  
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.  
23 Adjust the values for every color until the lines at 0 are the straightest. If a line is not the straightest at 0, determine  
the value and adjust the printer again.  
The Tool Box  
Using the Tool Box, enter the values that you found in the color registration chart to make adjustments.  
1
Click Start →ꢀAll Programs →ꢀDell Printers →ꢀDell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer  
→ꢀTool Box  
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this  
case, click Dell C1760nw Color Printer or Dell C1660w Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.  
198  
Maintaining Your Printer  
   
4
5
6
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment  
Select the value with the straight line, and then click Apply New Settings  
Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart  
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.  
.
.
.
7
Adjust the values for every color until the lines at 0 are the straightest. If a line is not the straightest at 0, determine  
the value and adjust the printer again.  
CAUTION: After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the printer motor has stopped running.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
199  
200  
Maintaining Your Printer  
22ꢀꢀ  
Clearing Jamsꢀꢀ  
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid paper jams. See "Print Media  
Guidelines" on page 143 for more information.  
NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer unless otherwise mentioned.  
NOTE: Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.  
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
Avoiding Jams  
•ꢀꢀ Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines" on page 143 for more information.  
•ꢀꢀ See "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 151 and "Loading Print Media in the ꢀ  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only)" on page 159 to load print media properly.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the stack print media height does not exceed the maximum  
height indicated by the line with an arrow on each width guide.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.  
•ꢀꢀ Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with print media, try feeding one sheet at a  
time through the MPF or the PSI.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.  
•ꢀꢀ Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.  
•ꢀꢀ Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print media.  
•ꢀꢀ Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information, see "Storing Print Media" on ꢀ  
page 147.ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Do not remove the PSI during a print job.  
•ꢀꢀ Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.  
•ꢀꢀ Over tightening the guides may cause jams.  
Clearing Jams  
201  
           
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams  
WARNING: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the printer.  
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path.  
1ꢀ  
2ꢀ  
3ꢀ  
4ꢀ  
6ꢀ  
5ꢀ  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Output Tray  
Fusing Unit  
Levers  
Rear Cover  
Front Cover  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
202  
Clearing Jams  
               
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important ꢀ  
Information.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: PSI is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.ꢀꢀ  
1
Pull the PSI out.  
2
Remove any jammed paper from the front of the printer.  
3
Replace the PSI in the printer.  
WARNING: When putting the PSI back into the printer, do not use excessive force. Doing so could damage the PSI or the  
inside of the printer.  
Clearing Jams  
203  
   
4
Press the  
(Set) button.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
WARNING: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet  
before performing maintenance.  
WARNING: To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during  
use.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
1
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
2
Lift up the levers.  
204  
Clearing Jams  
   
3
4
5
Remove any jammed paper from the back of the printer.  
Lower the levers to their original position.  
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Jams  
205  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
WARNING: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet  
before performing maintenance.  
WARNING: To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during  
use.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
1
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
2
Lift up the levers.  
206  
Clearing Jams  
     
3
Remove any jammed paper from the back of the printer. If no paper is found in the paper path, then remove any  
jammed paper out of the output tray.  
4
Lower the levers to their original position.  
5
Close the rear cover.  
6
When you cannot remove the jammed paper even if performing the above steps, press and hold the  
button for 2 seconds.ꢀꢀ  
(Cancel)  
The message Clearing jammed paperis displayed and the jammed paper is ejected along with a paper fed ꢀ  
from the MPF or PSI.ꢀꢀ  
NOTE: After using this feature, the print job in progress is canceled.  
NOTE: To use this feature, paper must be loaded in the MPF or PSI.  
Clearing Jams  
207  
208ꢀꢀ Clearing Jams  
Troubleshooting  
23 Troubleshooting......................................................................... 211ꢀꢀ  
209  
 
210ꢀꢀ  
23ꢀꢀ  
Troubleshooting  
NOTE: Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) is available only for Dell™ C1760nw Color Printer.  
Basic Printer Problems  
NOTE: Ethernet connection is available only for Dell C1760nw Color Printer.  
Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each of the following:  
•ꢀꢀ The power cable is connected to the printer, and to a properly grounded electrical outlet.  
•ꢀꢀ The printer is turned on.  
•ꢀꢀ The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.  
•ꢀꢀ Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.  
•ꢀꢀ When your printer is connected to the network with the Ethernet cable, the USB cable is not connected between  
the printer and the computer.  
•ꢀꢀ When your printer is connected to the computer with the USB cable, the Ethernet cable is not connected between  
the printer and the network.  
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn  
on the printer. This often fixes the problem.  
NOTE: If error messages are displayed on the operator panel or on your computer screen, follow the on-screen instructions to  
resolve the printer problems. For details about error messages and error codes, see "Understanding Printer Messages" on  
page 177.  
Display Problems  
Problemꢀꢀ  
Action  
Menu settings changed from the operator  
panel have no effect.  
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities have  
precedence over the settings made on the operator panel.  
Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the  
software program instead of the operator panel.  
Printing Problems  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Admin Menumenu when Panel Lock Setis set to Enable. In this case,  
enter the password you specified, and press the (Set) button.  
Problemꢀꢀ  
Action  
Ensure that Ready to Printappears on the operator panel before you send  
a job to print. Press the (Menu) button to return to Ready to Print.  
Job did not print or incorrect characters  
printed.  
Ensure that print media is loaded in the printer. Press the  
(Menu) button to  
return to Ready to Print.  
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.  
Ensure that you are using the correct Ethernet cable (Dell C1760nw Color Printer  
only) or USB cable and that it is securely connected to the printer.  
Troubleshooting  
211  
                 
Problem  
Action  
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.  
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.  
Check the interface of your printer from the Admin Menu.  
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a device settings report to verify  
that the current interface settings are correct. Refer to "Printing a Report/List  
Using the Operator Panel" on page 125 for details on how to print a device settings  
report.  
Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds  
occur.  
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer.  
See "Supported Paper Sizes" on page 148 for more information.  
Fan the print media before loading it.  
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.  
Ensure that the width and length guides are adjusted correctly.  
Ensure that the PSI is securely inserted.  
Do not overfill the print media sources.  
Do not force print media into the PSI or the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) when  
you load it. Otherwise, it may skew or buckle.  
Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are  
using. See "Loading Print Media" on page 151 for more information.  
Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding  
improves.  
Do not mix print media types.  
Do not mix reams of print media.  
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print  
media.  
Load a print media source only when it is empty.  
The envelope is creased after printing.  
Page breaks in unexpected places.  
Ensure that the envelope is loaded as instructed in "Loading Envelopes in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 156 or "Loading an Envelope in the Priority  
Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 161.  
Increase the setting for Time-Out in the Printer Settings menu in the  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Print media does not stack neatly in the  
output tray.  
Turn the print media stack over in the PSI and MPF.  
Printer does not duplex pages.  
Select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge from the Duplex menu on the  
General tab in the printer driver.  
212  
Troubleshooting  
Print Quality Problems  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or ꢀ  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,ꢀꢀ  
see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 125 and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool" on page 81.ꢀꢀ  
The output is too light  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the  
amount of toner in each toner cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
b
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor.  
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
3
Verify that the print media is not damp and the correct print media is The task is complete.  
used. See "Supported Paper Types" on page 149. If not, use the print  
media recommended for the printer.  
Go to action 3.  
Go to action 4.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Verify that the Paper Type setting in the printer driver matches the print The task is complete.  
media you loaded.  
a
On the General tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver,  
check the Paper Type setting.  
b
Load dry (not damp) and corrected print media, and then click Print  
Test Page in Printer properties of the printer driver.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4
Disable the Toner Saver in the printer driver.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
On the Others tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver,  
ensure that Off is selected in the Toner Saver drop-down menu.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
213  
     
Toner smears or print comes off/Stain on back side  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete.  
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
Go to action 2.  
a
On the General tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver,  
change the Paper Type setting.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
3
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types" on page 149. If not, use the print media recommended for the  
printer.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Adjust the fusing unit temperature.  
The task is complete.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your  
printing media.  
c
d
Click Apply New Settings  
Click close box to exit Tool Box  
.
.
Is the problem recovered?  
214  
Troubleshooting  
 
Random spots/Blurred images  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
3
Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed correctly. See "Installing a The task is complete.  
Toner Cartridge" on page 190.  
Go to action 2.  
Is the problem recovered?  
If you use non-Dell brand toner cartridges, install Dell brand toner  
cartridges.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Clean up the fusing unit.  
a
Load one sheet of paper on the MPF, and then print a solid image all  
over paper.  
b
Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down,  
and then print a blank sheet of paper.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The entire output is blank  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Streaks appear on the output  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Troubleshooting  
215  
     
Pitched color dots  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Vertical blanks  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Clean inside the printer and performing test print.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Clean inside the printer by using the cleaning rod. See "Cleaning  
Inside the Printer" on page 192.  
b
Click Print Test Page in Printer properties of the printer driver.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Mottle  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Adjust the transfer bias.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, click Adjust BTR on the Printer Maintenance  
tab.  
b
Adjust the setting for the type of print media being used.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
If you use non-recommended print media, use the print media  
recommended for the printer.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
216  
Troubleshooting  
     
Ghosting  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Adjust the transfer bias.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
b
Launch the Tool Box, click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Ghost Configuration Chart  
.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.  
c
Launch the Tool Box, click BTR Refresh Mode on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
d
e
f
Check the check box next to On, and then click Apply New Settings.  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Ghost Configuration Chart  
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.  
Is the problem recovered?  
.
2
3
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete.  
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
Go to action 3.  
Go to action 4.  
a
On the General tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver,  
change the Paper Type setting.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Adjust the fusing unit temperature.  
The task is complete.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your  
printing media.  
c
d
Click Apply New Settings  
Click close box to exit Tool Box  
.
.
Is the problem recovered?  
4
If you use non-recommended print media, use the print media  
recommended for the printer.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
217  
 
Fog  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
Is the whole page printed light?  
Start Developer Stir Mode.  
Contact Dell.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, click Developer Stir Mode on the Diagnosis  
tab.  
b
Click Start  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
If the printer is installed in a high altitude location, set the altitude of The task is complete.  
the location.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust Altitude on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Select the value close to the altitude of the location where the printer  
is installed.  
Is them problem recovered?  
218  
Troubleshooting  
   
Auger mark  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the  
amount of toner in each toner cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
b
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor.  
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
Start Developer Stir Mode.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, click Developer Stir Mode on the Diagnosis  
tab.  
b
Click Start  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Sizes" on page 148 and "Print Media Guidelines" on page 143. If not, use  
the print media recommended for the printer.  
If printing on an  
envelope, go to action  
2.  
Is the problem recovered?  
If printing on print  
media other than  
envelopes, contact Dell.  
2
Check the crease. Is the crease within 30 mm of the four edges of the  
envelope?  
This type of crease is  
considered normal.  
Your printer is not at  
fault.  
If the envelope is 220  
mm or longer (C5 or  
Envelope #10), go to  
action 3a.  
If the envelope is  
shorter than 220 mm  
(Monarch or DL), go to  
action 3b.  
Troubleshooting  
219  
   
Action  
Yes  
No  
3a Does the envelope have a flap on the long edge?  
The envelope is  
Envelope #10.  
Go to action 4b.  
The envelope is C5.  
Go to action 4a.  
3b Load the envelope long edge feed in the MPF with the flap open and  
facing up. For details, see "When Loading Envelope #10, DL, or  
Monarch" on page 156.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4b.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4a Load the envelope in the MPF with the flap open and facing up. For  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Contact Dell.  
details, see "When Loading C5" on page 157.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4b Use a different size envelope.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The top margins is incorrect  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used. The task is complete.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Contact Dell.  
Color registration is out of alignment  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Execute auto color registration adjustment.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Color Registration Adjustment on  
the Printer Maintenance tab.  
b
c
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment  
.
Click Start next to Auto Correct  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
220  
Troubleshooting  
   
Action  
2 Clean the CTD sensor.  
Yes  
No  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
a
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the Color Toner Density  
(CTD) Sensor" on page 195.  
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click Color Registration Adjustment on  
the Printer Maintenance tab.  
c
d
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment  
.
Click Start next to Auto Correct  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
3
Print the Color Registration Chart and manually correct the color  
registration.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Click Color Registration Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance  
tab.  
b
c
Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment.  
Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart  
.
The color registration chart is printed.  
d
Select the value with the straight line. See "Adjusting Color  
Registration" on page 196 for details.  
e
f
Click Apply New Settings.  
Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart to print the Color  
Registration Chart again.  
g
Adjust the values for every color until the lines at 0 are the straightest.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Protrudent / Bumpy paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Clean up the fusing unit.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Load one sheet of paper on the MPF, and then print a solid image all  
over paper.  
b
Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down,  
and then print a blank sheet of paper.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
221  
 
Noise  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or ꢀ  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,ꢀꢀ  
see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 125 and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool" on page 81.ꢀꢀ  
Action  
1 Locate the cause of the problem by removing the toner cartridges.  
Yes  
No  
Go to action 2.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
c
d
Remove the toner cartridges. See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on  
page 188.  
Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine Check on the Diagnosis  
tab.  
Select Main Motor Operation Check from the drop-down list box,  
and click Start  
.
Click Play of Sound to check the motor sound.  
Does the sound generated from the printer match with the sound from  
the Play of Sound button?  
2
a
b
Click Machine Check on the Diagnosis tab.  
Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow) Dispense Motor Check  
(Magenta) Dispense Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense Motor  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
,
,
Check (Black) from the drop-down list box, and click Start  
.
c
d
Click Play of Sound to check the motor sound.  
Repeat steps  
a
and to perform Dispense Motor Check for the rest of  
b
the toner cartridges.  
NOTE: You can perform Dispense Motor Check for CMYK in any order you  
desire.  
NOTE: Do not check the operation of the dispense motor repeatedly.  
Does the sound generated from the printer match with the sound from  
the Play of Sound button?  
3
a
b
Reinstall the toner cartridges.  
Perform action 2 again.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Does the sound generated from the printer match with the sound from  
the Play of Sound button?  
222  
Troubleshooting  
 
Jam  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or ꢀ  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, ꢀ  
see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 125 and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool" on page 81.ꢀꢀ  
Misfeed jam  
Action  
Remove the paper from the PSI, and then ensure that papers are  
Yes  
No  
1
The task is complete.  
Proceed to the action  
corresponding to the  
type of the print media  
being used:  
properly inserted on the MPF.  
Is the problem recovered?  
• Thick - 2a  
• Thin - 2b  
• Envelope - 2c  
If performing manual  
duplex printing, go to  
action 2d.  
If using paper other  
than the above or if not  
performing duplex  
printing, go to action  
2e.  
2a Use thick paper that is 216 gsm or less.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
2b Use thin paper that is 60 gsm or more.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2c Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the MPF as instructed in The task is complete.  
"Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 156.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2d Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3a.  
2e Is the print media damp?  
3a Fan the print media.  
Go to action 3c.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3c.  
The task is complete.  
Is the problem recovered?  
If you are performing  
manual duplex printing  
or if using an envelope,  
contact Dell.  
3b If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use another envelope.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 4.  
Contact Dell.  
3c Turn over the print media.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4
Use print media that is not damp.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
223  
       
Multi-feed jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove the paper from the PSI, and then ensure that papers are  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
inserted properly in the MPF.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Is the print media damp?  
2
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
Go to action 3b.  
3a Use print media that is not damp.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is complete.  
3b Fan the print media.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Wireless Problemsꢀꢀ  
Problemꢀꢀ  
Action  
Cannot setup wireless connection.  
Ensure that the Ethernet cable (Dell C1760nw Color Printer only) and USB cable  
are disconnected from the printer.  
Ensure that Wireless LANis set to Enable. See "Wireless LAN" on  
page 127.  
Try disabling the firewall on your computer. The firewall on your computer may be  
blocking communication with your printer.  
Cannot setup wireless connection with WPS Ensure that the security setting of the wireless LAN access point or router is WPA  
(Wi-Fi Protected Setup®).  
or WPA2. (WEP is not supported on WPS.)  
Turn off the printer, and then on again.  
The message Wireless Session  
Overlap Erroris displayed when  
setting up wireless connection.ꢀꢀ  
Two or more wireless LAN access points or routers may be performing WPS setup ꢀ  
at the same time. Wait for a while, and then try again.ꢀꢀ  
Cannot setup wireless connection with the Press the WPS button on the wireless LAN access point or router within 2 minutes  
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push  
Button Configuration).  
after starting the WPS operation on the printer. For details about the wireless LAN  
access point or router, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access  
point or router.  
Cannot setup wireless connection with  
WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personalꢀꢀ  
Identification Number).ꢀꢀ  
Check if the PIN you have entered on the computer is correct.ꢀꢀ  
Cannot connect to the wireless network ꢀ  
after setting up wireless connection.ꢀꢀ  
Check if the passphrase for WPA/WPA2 encryption or WEP key set on the wireless  
LAN access point or router has been changed. (Passphrase may be described as key  
on some access points or routers.) For details about the wireless LAN access point  
or router, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point or  
router.  
224  
Troubleshooting  
     
Other Problemsꢀꢀ  
Problemꢀꢀ  
Action  
Condensation has occurred inside the ꢀ  
printer.ꢀꢀ  
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter. This  
also occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity  
reaches 85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate  
environment.  
Contacting Service  
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the error message on ꢀ  
the display.ꢀꢀ  
You need to know the model of your printer type and serial number. See the label located inside the side door of your ꢀ  
printer.ꢀꢀ  
Troubleshooting  
225  
     
226ꢀꢀ Troubleshooting  
Appendix  
Appendix..................................................................................... 229ꢀꢀ  
Index............................................................................................ 231ꢀꢀ  
227  
 
228ꢀꢀ  
Appendix  
Dell Technical Support Policy  
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the  
troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the operating system, software program and hardware drivers  
to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of  
the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical  
support is available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available for purchase.  
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed software and peripherals. Support for  
third-party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or  
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).  
Online Services  
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:  
www.dell.comꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)ꢀꢀ  
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.ca (Canada only)ꢀꢀ  
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail addresses:  
•ꢀꢀ Dell Support websites  
support.dell.comꢀꢀ  
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Dell Support e-mail addressesꢀꢀ  
[email protected]ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] ꢀ  
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] (Canada only)ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)  
ftp.dell.com  
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password.  
Appendix  
229  
           
Warranty and Return Policy  
Dell Computer Corporation ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or  
equivalent to new in accordance with industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your  
printer, see support.dell.com.  
Recycling Information  
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally  
sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials.  
For specific information on Dell's worldwide recycling programs, see www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.  
Contacting Dell  
You can access Dell Support at support.dell.com. Select your region on the WELCOME TO DELL SUPPORT page, ꢀ  
and fill in the requested details to access help tools and information.ꢀꢀ  
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:ꢀꢀ  
•
World Wide Web  
www.dell.comꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)ꢀꢀ  
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)ꢀꢀ  
www.dell.ca (Canada only)ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)  
ftp.dell.com  
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password.  
•ꢀꢀ Electronic Support Serviceꢀꢀ  
[email protected]ꢀꢀ  
[email protected]ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)ꢀꢀ  
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)ꢀꢀ  
•ꢀꢀ Electronic Quote Service  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)ꢀꢀ  
[email protected] (Canada only)ꢀꢀ  
230  
Appendix  
             
Index  
Bonjour (mDNS), 100, 102, 105, 130ꢀꢀ  
BTR Refresh, 92, 96, 137ꢀꢀ  
Numerics  
100Base-TX Full-Duplex, 102ꢀꢀ  
100Base-TX Half-Duplex, 102ꢀꢀ  
10Base-T Full-Duplex, 102ꢀꢀ  
10Base-T Half-Duplex, 102ꢀꢀ  
BTR Refresh Mode, 119ꢀꢀ  
C
C5, 148ꢀꢀ  
Cable, 183ꢀꢀ  
A
Cancel button, 77ꢀꢀ  
Canceling a print job, 170ꢀꢀ  
Carbonless copy paper, 144ꢀꢀ  
CCP, 144ꢀꢀ  
A4, 148ꢀꢀ  
A5, 148ꢀꢀ  
About printer, 21ꢀꢀ  
Ad-Hoc, 107ꢀꢀ  
Change Password, 139ꢀꢀ  
Chart, 137ꢀꢀ  
Adjust Altitude, 92, 97, 118, 138ꢀꢀ  
Adjust BTR, 92, 95, 116, 134ꢀꢀ  
Adjust Fusing Unit, 92, 95, 117, 135ꢀꢀ  
Adjusting color registration, 196ꢀꢀ  
Admin Menu, 126ꢀꢀ  
Chart Print, 121ꢀꢀ  
Clean Developer, 96, 136ꢀꢀ  
Cleaning Inside the Printer, 192ꢀꢀ  
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) ꢀ  
Administrator Password, 109ꢀꢀ  
Altitude, 182ꢀꢀ  
Sensor, 195ꢀꢀ  
Clearing jam, 201ꢀꢀ  
Appendix, 229ꢀꢀ  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the  
Apply New Settings Button, 87ꢀꢀ  
Asset Tag Number, 90ꢀꢀ  
Authenticate Error Trap, 106ꢀꢀ  
Auto Log Print, 92-93, 133ꢀꢀ  
Auto Reg Adj, 135ꢀꢀ  
Printer, 204ꢀꢀ  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the ꢀ  
Printer, 203ꢀꢀ  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray, 206ꢀꢀ  
Coated, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135ꢀꢀ  
Color Reg Adj, 136ꢀꢀ  
Auto Registration Adjustment, 92, 95ꢀꢀ  
Auto SSID Setup, 32ꢀꢀ  
Avoiding jam, 169, 201ꢀꢀ  
Color Regi Chart, 96ꢀꢀ  
Color Registration Adjustment, 117ꢀꢀ  
Color Registration Adjustments, 96ꢀꢀ  
Color registration chart, 196ꢀꢀ  
Color Test Page, 93, 125ꢀꢀ  
B
B5, 148ꢀꢀ  
Community Name, 105ꢀꢀ  
Base memory, 181ꢀꢀ  
Basic Information, 101ꢀꢀ  
Basic Printer Problems, 211ꢀꢀ  
Completed Jobs, 83, 91ꢀꢀ  
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network, 29ꢀꢀ  
Appendix  
231  
   
Connecting your printer, 29ꢀꢀ  
Connection specification, 29, 183ꢀꢀ  
Connection type, 29, 183ꢀꢀ  
Conserving supplies, 187ꢀꢀ  
E
E-Mail Alert, 84, 86, 102, 104, 130ꢀꢀ  
E-Mail Alert Settings, 101, 105ꢀꢀ  
E-mail Alert Setup Page, 100ꢀꢀ  
E-Mail Server Settings, 100, 104ꢀꢀ  
Emulations, 182ꢀꢀ  
Contact Dell Support at, 84ꢀꢀ  
, 86 ꢀ ꢀ  
Contact Person, 85ꢀꢀ  
Encryption, 107-108ꢀꢀ  
Entering Values, 198ꢀꢀ  
Envelope, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135, 146ꢀꢀ  
Envelope #10, 148ꢀꢀ  
Contacting Service, 225ꢀꢀ  
Copy Printer Settings, 84, 86, 110ꢀꢀ  
Copy Printer Settings Report, 110ꢀꢀ  
Cover, 89ꢀꢀ  
Environment, 182ꢀꢀ  
Covers, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135ꢀꢀ  
Current, 181ꢀꢀ  
Environment Sensor Info, 122ꢀꢀ  
Error History, 93, 125ꢀꢀ  
Ethernet, 98, 102, 183ꢀꢀ  
Ethernet Connection, 34ꢀꢀ  
Ethernet Port, 22, 29ꢀꢀ  
Ethernet Settings, 102ꢀꢀ  
Event Panel, 85ꢀꢀ  
Current Ethernet Settings, 102ꢀꢀ  
D
Def. Paper Size, 132ꢀꢀ  
Default Paper Size, 91, 93ꢀꢀ  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, 81ꢀꢀ  
Dell Service Tag Number, 90ꢀꢀ  
Dell Supplies Management System, 173ꢀꢀ  
Dell technical support policy, 229ꢀꢀ  
Details, 90ꢀꢀ  
EWS, 130ꢀꢀ  
EWS Settings, 101ꢀꢀ  
Executive, 148ꢀꢀ  
Express Code, 133ꢀꢀ  
Express Service Code, 90ꢀꢀ  
Determining Values, 197ꢀꢀ  
Developer Stir Mode, 122ꢀꢀ  
Device Settings, 93, 125ꢀꢀ  
Device Settings page, 79ꢀꢀ  
Dimensions, 181ꢀꢀ  
F
F/W Version, 133ꢀꢀ  
Fault Time-Out, 91, 93, 132ꢀꢀ  
Finding Information, 17ꢀꢀ  
Firmware Version, 90ꢀꢀ  
Folio, 148ꢀꢀ  
Direct Connection, 29ꢀꢀ  
Direct Connection Setup, 51ꢀꢀ  
Disable printing with larger paper size, 91, 93ꢀꢀ  
Disabling Panel Lock, 140ꢀꢀ  
Display Problems, 211ꢀꢀ  
DL, 148ꢀꢀ  
Frequency, 181ꢀꢀ  
Front Cover, 21, 202ꢀꢀ  
Fusing Unit, 202ꢀꢀ  
DL LEF, 148ꢀꢀ  
H
DNS, 99, 103ꢀꢀ  
Host I/F, 90-91ꢀꢀ  
Driver, 17ꢀꢀ  
232  
Appendix  
Host Name, 90-91, 100ꢀꢀ  
host-based printer driver, 51, 54ꢀꢀ  
HTTP, 99, 104ꢀꢀ  
LCD, 77ꢀꢀ  
LCD Panel, 77ꢀꢀ  
Left frame, 86ꢀꢀ  
Legal, 148ꢀꢀ  
Length Guide, 21ꢀꢀ  
Letter, 148ꢀꢀ  
Iꢀꢀ  
ID, 90-91ꢀꢀ  
Levers, 22, 202ꢀꢀ  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications, 148ꢀꢀ  
Important Information, 17ꢀꢀ  
Impression Number, 91ꢀꢀ  
Infrastructure, 107ꢀꢀ  
Link Channel, 107ꢀꢀ  
Link Quality, 107ꢀꢀ  
Liquid crystal display, 77ꢀꢀ  
Loading Envelopes, 156, 161ꢀꢀ  
Loading Letterhead, 145, 158, 163ꢀꢀ  
Loading paper, 43ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media, 151ꢀꢀ  
Initial Settings, 37ꢀꢀ  
Initialize NIC NVRAM and restart printer, 108ꢀꢀ  
Installing a Toner Cartridge, 190ꢀꢀ  
Installing Printer Drivers, 51, 71ꢀꢀ  
Interfaces, 182ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media in Multipurpose Feeder ꢀ  
(MPF), 43, 151ꢀꢀ  
IP Address, 39, 83, 85, 106ꢀꢀ  
IP Filter, 100, 130ꢀꢀ  
Loading Print Media in Priority Sheet Inserter ꢀ  
(PSI), 48, 159ꢀꢀ  
Location, 85, 90ꢀꢀ  
IP Filter (IPv4), 109ꢀꢀ  
Login Error, 94, 139ꢀꢀ  
IPv4, 99-100, 103, 106ꢀꢀ  
IPv6, 99, 103, 106ꢀꢀ  
Login Error - Attempts, 92ꢀꢀ  
Low Toner Alert Msg, 92-93ꢀꢀ  
Low Toner Msg, 133ꢀꢀ  
LPD, 99, 102-103, 130ꢀꢀ  
J
Jam, 223ꢀꢀ  
Job History, 93, 125ꢀꢀ  
Job List, 83, 90ꢀꢀ  
Job Name, 90-91ꢀꢀ  
Job Status, 90ꢀꢀ  
M
MAC Address, 102, 107ꢀꢀ  
Machine Check, 121ꢀꢀ  
Maintaining Your Printer, 187ꢀꢀ  
Maintenance, 133ꢀꢀ  
Maintenance Chart, 97ꢀꢀ  
Manual duplex printing, 164ꢀꢀ  
Manual SSID Setup, 33ꢀꢀ  
Memory, 181ꢀꢀ  
Job Submitted Time, 90-91ꢀꢀ  
Job Time-Out, 91, 93, 132ꢀꢀ  
K
Kensington lock, 24ꢀꢀ  
Memory Capacity, 90ꢀꢀ  
Menu button, 77ꢀꢀ  
L
Label, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135, 147ꢀꢀ  
Menu Items, 88ꢀꢀ  
Appendix  
233  
Menu Settings, 91, 112ꢀꢀ  
MIB compatibility, 182ꢀꢀ  
Mixed Mode PSK, 107ꢀꢀ  
mm/inch, 91, 93, 132ꢀꢀ  
Monarch, 148ꢀꢀ  
Output Tray, 21, 89, 202ꢀꢀ  
Output Tray Extension, 21, 166ꢀꢀ  
Owner, 90-91ꢀꢀ  
P
Monarch LEF, 148ꢀꢀ  
Panel Language, 80, 92-93, 140ꢀꢀ  
Panel Lock, 138ꢀꢀ  
MPF Extension, 21ꢀꢀ  
Multiple Up, 187ꢀꢀ  
Panel lock function, 140ꢀꢀ  
Panel Lock Set, 92, 138ꢀꢀ  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF), 21, 202ꢀꢀ  
Paper, 143ꢀꢀ  
Characteristics, 143ꢀꢀ  
Curl, 143ꢀꢀ  
N
NCR, 144ꢀꢀ  
Fiber content, 144ꢀꢀ  
Grain direction, 143ꢀꢀ  
Moisture content, 143ꢀꢀ  
Smoothness, 143ꢀꢀ  
Weight, 143ꢀꢀ  
Network, 126ꢀꢀ  
Ethernet, 126ꢀꢀ  
Protocol, 130ꢀꢀ  
Reset LAN, 130ꢀꢀ  
Reset Wireless, 129ꢀꢀ  
TCP/IP, 129ꢀꢀ  
Paper Chute, 22ꢀꢀ  
Paper Density, 92, 94, 116, 134ꢀꢀ  
Paper Feed Roller, 22ꢀꢀ  
Paper jam location, 202ꢀꢀ  
Paper Size, 148ꢀꢀ  
Network Connection Setup, 54ꢀꢀ  
Network Firmware Version, 90ꢀꢀ  
Network Settings, 120ꢀꢀ  
Network Type, 107ꢀꢀ  
Paper Trays, 89ꢀꢀ  
No carbon required, 144ꢀꢀ  
No. of Sheets, 91ꢀꢀ  
Paper Type, 149ꢀꢀ  
Paper Used, 110ꢀꢀ  
Non-Dell Toner, 92, 97, 119, 138ꢀꢀ  
Paper Width Guides, 21ꢀꢀ  
Parts name, 21ꢀꢀ  
O
PDL, 182ꢀꢀ  
OCR, 144ꢀꢀ  
Peer-to-Peer, 68ꢀꢀ  
Online Help, 84, 86ꢀꢀ  
Online Services, 229ꢀꢀ  
Operating System compatibility, 181ꢀꢀ  
Operation, 182ꢀꢀ  
Plain, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135ꢀꢀ  
Plain Thick, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135ꢀꢀ  
Point and Print, 66ꢀꢀ  
Port Settings, 102ꢀꢀ  
Operator Panel, 21, 77ꢀꢀ  
Button, 77ꢀꢀ  
Port Status, 100, 102ꢀꢀ  
Port9100, 99, 102-103, 130ꢀꢀ  
Power Connector, 22ꢀꢀ  
Power On Wizard, 133ꢀꢀ  
Power Saver Time - Auto-Off Timer, 91, 93ꢀꢀ  
Order Supplies at, 84, 86ꢀꢀ  
Ordering supplies, 25ꢀꢀ  
Output Result, 91ꢀꢀ  
234  
Appendix  
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep, 91, 93ꢀꢀ  
Power Saver Time - Sleep, 91, 93ꢀꢀ  
Power supply, 181ꢀꢀ  
Printing Status Window, 173ꢀꢀ  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI), 21ꢀꢀ  
Processor Speed, 90ꢀꢀ  
Power Switch, 21ꢀꢀ  
Product Features, 19ꢀꢀ  
PowerSaver Time, 80, 131ꢀꢀ  
Premier, 92ꢀꢀ  
Q
Print Head Cleaning Rod, 21ꢀꢀ  
Print media, 187ꢀꢀ  
Quick Launch Utility, 174ꢀꢀ  
Quick Reference Guide, 17ꢀꢀ  
Print Media Dimensions, 151ꢀꢀ  
Print Media Guidelines, 143ꢀꢀ  
Print quality guarantee, 182ꢀꢀ  
Print Quality Problems, 213ꢀꢀ  
Print Server Reports, 98ꢀꢀ  
Print Server Settings, 84, 86, 98, 101ꢀꢀ  
Print Server Setup Page, 98ꢀꢀ  
Print Volume, 84, 86, 110ꢀꢀ  
Printer Bitmap, 85ꢀꢀ  
R
Rated Voltage, 181ꢀꢀ  
Ready/Error indicator, 77ꢀꢀ  
Rear Cover, 22, 202ꢀꢀ  
Rear Cover Release Handle, 22ꢀꢀ  
Recommended paper, 144ꢀꢀ  
Recycled, 92, 95, 116-117, 134-135ꢀꢀ  
Recycling Information, 230ꢀꢀ  
Refresh button, 87ꢀꢀ  
Printer Driver Pre-install Status, 51ꢀꢀ  
Printer Events, 90ꢀꢀ  
Refresh Mode, 122ꢀꢀ  
Printer Information, 84, 86, 90, 112ꢀꢀ  
Printer Jobs, 83, 86, 90ꢀꢀ  
Printer Maintenance, 94ꢀꢀ  
Printer message, 177ꢀꢀ  
Regular, 92ꢀꢀ  
Relative humidity, 182ꢀꢀ  
Removing toner cartridge, 188ꢀꢀ  
Report Page, 170ꢀꢀ  
Printer Name, 100ꢀꢀ  
Reports, 93, 114ꢀꢀ  
Printer Page Count, 110ꢀꢀ  
Printer Revision Levels, 90ꢀꢀ  
Printer Serial Number, 90ꢀꢀ  
Printer Settings, 83, 86, 91, 93, 125ꢀꢀ  
Printer Settings Report, 91ꢀꢀ  
Printer software, 173ꢀꢀ  
Reset Defaults, 97, 119, 137ꢀꢀ  
Reset Print Server, 108ꢀꢀ  
Restart Printer, 108ꢀꢀ  
Restore Settings button, 87ꢀꢀ  
Return policy, 230ꢀꢀ  
Right frame, 87ꢀꢀ  
Printer specification, 181ꢀꢀ  
Printer Status, 83, 86, 89ꢀꢀ  
Printer Type, 89ꢀꢀ  
S
Printing, 169ꢀꢀ  
S/W Download, 139ꢀꢀ  
Safety information, 17ꢀꢀ  
Secure Settings, 92, 94, 138ꢀꢀ  
Security, 109ꢀꢀ  
Printing on letterhead, 145ꢀꢀ  
Printing Problems, 211ꢀꢀ  
Printing Speed, 89ꢀꢀ  
Appendix  
235  
Security Settings, 107ꢀꢀ  
Security Slot, 22ꢀꢀ  
Toner Refresh, 137ꢀꢀ  
Tool Box, 111ꢀꢀ  
Select Reorder URL, 92ꢀꢀ  
Selecting paper, 144ꢀꢀ  
Top frame, 85ꢀꢀ  
Transfer Belt, 22ꢀꢀ  
Selecting preprinted media and letterhead, 145ꢀꢀ  
Selecting pre-punched paper, 146ꢀꢀ  
Sending print job, 169ꢀꢀ  
Service code, 18ꢀꢀ  
Transfer Roller, 22ꢀꢀ  
Trap Notification 1-4, 106ꢀꢀ  
Troubleshooting, 211ꢀꢀ  
Turning On Printer, 36ꢀꢀ  
Service Tag, 18, 133ꢀꢀ  
Set button, 77ꢀꢀ  
U
Set Password, 84, 86, 109ꢀꢀ  
Setting the IP Address, 39ꢀꢀ  
Setting Up Printer, 37ꢀꢀ  
Setup diagram, 18ꢀꢀ  
Unacceptable paper, 144ꢀꢀ  
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT ꢀ  
RESTRICTED RIGHTS, 13ꢀꢀ  
USB, 183ꢀꢀ  
Shared Printing, 64ꢀꢀ  
USB Port, 22, 29, 92, 94, 131ꢀꢀ  
USB Settings, 92, 94, 131ꢀꢀ  
SNMP, 100, 102, 105ꢀꢀ  
SNMP UDP, 130ꢀꢀ  
Software and Documentation Disc, 38ꢀꢀ  
Software and Documentation disc, 17ꢀꢀ  
Software Download, 92ꢀꢀ  
SSID, 107ꢀꢀ  
Vꢀꢀ  
Verifying IP settings, 41ꢀꢀ  
Status Monitor Console, 173ꢀꢀ  
Status Monitor Widget, 174ꢀꢀ  
Status of supplies, 187ꢀꢀ  
Storage, 182ꢀꢀ  
W
Warranty, 230ꢀꢀ  
Warranty information, 17ꢀꢀ  
Web Link Customization, 92, 98ꢀꢀ  
WEP, 107-108ꢀꢀ  
Storage humidity range, 182ꢀꢀ  
Storing consumables, 188ꢀꢀ  
Storing Print Media, 147, 169, 187ꢀꢀ  
Wi-Fi | WPS button, 31, 77ꢀꢀ  
Backlight, 78ꢀꢀ  
Wireless Connection, 30ꢀꢀ  
Wireless LAN, 107, 127ꢀꢀ  
Wireless Problems, 224ꢀꢀ  
Wireless Settings, 98, 107ꢀꢀ  
Wireless Setup, 127ꢀꢀ  
Supportꢀꢀ  
Contacting Dell, 230ꢀꢀ  
System Settings, 91, 93, 101, 114, 131ꢀꢀ  
T
Wireless Status, 127ꢀꢀ  
TCP/IP, 103ꢀꢀ  
WPA-PSK, 108ꢀꢀ  
TCP/IP Settings, 99, 103, 114, 120ꢀꢀ  
Temperature, 182ꢀꢀ  
Toner Access Cover, 21ꢀꢀ  
WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES, 107ꢀꢀ  
WPA-PSK TKIP, 107ꢀꢀ  
236  
Appendix  
WPS Setup, 129ꢀꢀ  
WPS-PBC, 31ꢀꢀ  
WPS-PIN, 32ꢀꢀ  
WSD, 62, 99, 102, 104, 130ꢀꢀ  
Appendix  
237  
238ꢀꢀ Appendix  

York Air Conditioner Ahe18 Thru 60 User Manual
Xerox Workcentre M15i User Manual
Xantrex Technology Freedom Hf 1800 User Manual
Soleus Air Air Conditioner Gb Ttw 12ese User Manual
Sears Aerocool Pd4801 User Manual
Sanyo 36xh72r User Manual
Ricoh 1013f User Manual
HITACHI 61SWX10B User Manual
BLACK DECKER VH780 User Manual
ASUS ZX53V User Manual